SP-2054 - Centrifugal Compressor Packages

Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.
Document Title: Specification for Centrifugal

Compressor Packages
Document ID SP-2054
Document Type Specification
Security Unrestricted
Discipline Mechanical - Rotating Equipment
Owner UEC/2
th
Issue Date 9 August 2008
Revision 3
This document is the property of Petroleum Development Oman, LLC. Neither the whole nor any part of
this document may be disclosed to others or reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
any form by any means (electronic, mechanical, reprographic recording or otherwise) without prior
written consent of the owner.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
Petroleum Development Oman LLC Effective: Aug 2008
This page was intentionally left blank
Page 2 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008
The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
SP 2054 Revision: 3
ii Revision History
The following is a brief summary of the most recent revisions to this document. Details of all revisions prior to
these are held on file by the issuing department.
Version Date Prepared by Remarks

No.
0 03/07/06 Arvind Godse, First Issue after

comments
UEC65
1 24/01/07 Arvind Godse, C & A comments / other

mech comments added
UEC65
2 12/01/08 Arvind Godse Revised taking into
account Compressor
UEC213 price agreement
3 04/02/09 Nitin Ranade Revised taking into
account Compressor
UEC21 price agreement tender
bid clarifications

SP 2054 Revision: 3
iii Preface
This PDO Specification has been prepared for detailed design, procurement, and construction and
commissioning of centrifugal compressor packages .
This SP sets out the minimum requirements for the design, engineering, supply of materials, fabrication,
assembly, coordination, inspection, testing, commissioning supervision, functionality of the complete package
and site acceptance testing.
This SP is intended for use by the Company (Petroleum Development Oman LLC) and its nominated
Contractors, Sub-Contractors, Vendors and Manufacturers/Suppliers. The accessibility for this document
shall be maintained by PDO Mechanical Corporate Functional Discipline Head (CFDH) and his technical focal
point.
The Contractor using SP shall be solely responsible for the quality of work and the attainment of the required
design and engineering standards. If in doubt, the Contractor shall, without detracting from his own
responsibility, consult the Company.
The right to use this SP and sub-referenced Company / Shell Group documents is granted to the Contractor,
under the General Terms and Conditions of the Contract and with the service agreement held by the
Company and the Royal Dutch/Shell Group. The Contractor is alerted to the conditions of confidentiality
stated in the Contract and all Shell Group document cover sheets.
It is the responsibility of the user of this SP to ensure that he is using the latest revision.
It is the responsibility of the user of this SP to ensure that all referenced and sub-referenced standards,
specifications and procedures shall be the latest prevailing versions.
The Contractor shall maintain a complete and comprehensive list of all variations to this SP and sub-
referenced specifications / standards.
Project Engineer / Contractor should go through section V below entitled “ Guidelines to use SP on
Centrifugal compressor packages “.
Variations to this and all sub-referenced standards/specifications shall require specific approval by the
Company.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
iv Related Corporate Management Frame Work (CMF) Documents

The related CMF Documents can be retrieved from the Corporate Business Control Documentation Register
TAXI.
v Guideline to use SP on centrifugal compressor packages
The current SP is aimed at producing an enquiry requisition for a compressor package which can be one of
the following options
 Purchase of new brand new compressor/s
 Addition of new compressor unit/s to the existing set up
 Modification of existing machine to meet new duty conditions
In summary this is not a ready made, off –the shelf document which can be picked and used for the enquiry .
The document is divided into two parts

 Main specification
 List of attachments
A project engineer shall ensure that following documents derived from CP 117 are approved by the
respective discipline engineer/ s with requisite Technical Authority ( TA) before the issue of the enquiry. Their
appropriate contents will be reflected in the enquiry requisition .
This list should be modified keeping in view the prevailing update of CP 117 which may enlarge the number
of documents.
Sr. No Description Remarks

1 Concept Design
2 Field Development Plan (FDP) or Concept
Selection Report
3 Preliminary Asset Reference Plan (ARP)
4 Project Quality Plan
5 Contracting Strategy
6 Project Execution Plan
7 Operating Philosophy
8 Materials Selection & Corrosion Control
Philosophy
9 Safeguarding and Instrumented Protection
Philosophy / Control and Automation Philosophy

SP 2054 Revision: 3
10 Production Measurement (Metering) Philosophy

11 Relief and Blow-down Philosophy
12 Sparing Philosophy
13 Budget Estimate
14 Soil investigation
15 Route survey
16 PFS
17 UFS
18 PSFS
19 PEFS
20 UEFS
21 Material Balance (All streams)
22 Process Control Narrative (Extended)
23 Safeguarding & IPF Narrative
24 C&E Diagram
25 Plot Plans
26 Hazardous Area Classification
27 Critical valve list
28 Relief valve list
29 Tie-in schedule
30 Machinery selection report
31 Report on Electrical grid analysis , power
availability, fault level, methods of starting , type
of motors
32 Utility Availability at the site
All the attachments A1 to F4 shall be made “Project Specific” in line with the above documents.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i Document Authorisation ............................................................................................................................. 3
ii Revision History .......................................................................................................................................... 4
iii Preface ....................................................................................................................................................... 5
iv Related Corporate Management Frame Work (CMF) Documents ............................................................ 6
v Guideline to use SP on centrifugal compressor packages ......................................................................... 6
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 13
2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................. 15
2.1 General ............................................................................................................................................... 15
2.2 Adherence to Applicable Standards & Specifications ......................................................................... 15
3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................ 16
3.1 Location and Environmental Conditions ............................................................................................. 16
3.2 Area Classification .............................................................................................................................. 16
3.3 Available Utilities ................................................................................................................................. 16
3.4 Interface with Other Facilities ............................................................................................................. 16
3.4.1 Mechanical / Process ........................................................................................................ 16
3.4.2 Electrical............................................................................................................................ 16
3.4.3 Instrumentation and Control.............................................................................................. 17
3.4.4 Civil ................................................................................................................................... 17
4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 18
4.1 Background......................................................................................................................................... 18
4.2 Operating Envelope ............................................................................................................................ 18
4.3 Existing Plant Configuration and Capacities ....................................................................................... 18
5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 19
6 VENDOR‟S SCOPE OF SUPPLY ............................................................................................................ 20
6.1 Scope of Supply of Equipment and Materials ..................................................................................... 20
6.1.1 Mechanical Equipment ...................................................................................................... 20
6.1.2 General Requirements for the Package ........................................................................... 22
6.1.3 Piping ................................................................................................................................ 22
6.1.4 Special Tools and Lifting Beams:...................................................................................... 22
6.1.5 Special Lubricants ............................................................................................................. 23
6.1.6 Electrical Equipment ......................................................................................................... 23
6.1.7 Instrumentation and Control.............................................................................................. 25
6.2 Engineering Services .......................................................................................................................... 27
6.3 Spare Parts ......................................................................................................................................... 29
6.3.1 Insurance Spares & Two Year Operating Spares ............................................................. 29
6.3.2 Spares for Start-up and Commissioning ........................................................................... 29
6.4 Three Year Service Agreement for Maintenance of VFD System of Main Motors ............................. 29
6.5 Painting, Preparation for Shipment ..................................................................................................... 29
SP 2054 Revision: 3
6.6 Exclusions........................................................................................................................................... 29
7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 31
7.1 General ............................................................................................................................................... 31
7.2 Plant Layouts ...................................................................................................................................... 31
7.3 Availability, Reliability and Maintainability (ARM) ................................................................................ 31
7.4 Noise Limitations ................................................................................................................................ 32
7.5 Packaging Philosophy ........................................................................................................................ 32
7.6 Dynamic Process Simulation Report .................................................................................................. 32
7.7 Centrifugal Compressor ...................................................................................................................... 33
7.8 Dry Gas Seals ..................................................................................................................................... 39
7.9 Lubrication System ............................................................................................................................. 41
7.10 Gearbox Unit ..................................................................................................................... 45
7.11 Variable Speed fluid coupling option ................................................................................. 45
7.12 Air Coolers ........................................................................................................................ 46
7.12.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 46
7.12.2 Design Requirements ....................................................................................................... 46
7.13 Scrubbers.......................................................................................................................... 48
7.14 Electrical Equipment ......................................................................................................... 49
7.14.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 49
7.14.2 LV Auxiliary Motors ........................................................................................................... 49
7.14.3 HV SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS ....................................................................................... 50
7.14.4 Unit Transformer ( where applicable) ............................................................................... 51
7.14.5 Converter Transformers ( where applicable) .................................................................... 52
7.14.6 Neutral Earthing Resistor .................................................................................................. 52
7.14.7 HV Switch Gear ................................................................................................................ 53
7.14.8 Variable Frequency Drive System ( where applicable ) .................................................... 53
7.14.9 Cooling Water Chiller Systems ( where applicable) .......................................................... 54
7.14.10 Protection and Metering Panel .......................................................................................... 54
7.14.11 Remote Control Unit / Safety Switches ............................................................................. 55
7.14.12 Additional Requirements ................................................................................................... 55
7.14.13 Earthing System ................................................................................................................ 55
7.15 Instrumentation Equipment ............................................................................................... 55
7.15.1 Machine Health Monitoring System (MHMS) .................................................................... 55
7.15.2 Hazardous Area Suitability ................................................................................................ 55
7.15.3 Proven Equipment ............................................................................................................ 55
7.15.4 Unit Control Panel ............................................................................................................. 56
7.15.5 Anti-Surge Control System ............................................................................................... 56
7.15.6 Capacity Control System................................................................................................... 56
7.15.7 Process Regulatory Control .............................................................................................. 56
SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.15.8 Logic Safeguarding and Digital Control............................................................................. 56

7.15.9 Compressor Start-up......................................................................................................... 56
7.15.10 Alarm and Trip Requirements ........................................................................................... 57
7.15.11 Machine Health Monitoring System .................................................................................. 57
7.15.12 Field Instruments and Measurement ................................................................................ 57
7.15.13 Local Indication Panel ....................................................................................................... 58
7.15.14 Field Cabling and Terminations ........................................................................................ 58
7.15.15 Control Valves ................................................................................................................... 59
7.15.16 Instrumentation Tag Numbering System .......................................................................... 59
7.15.17 Instrumentation Equipment – Additional Requirements .................................................... 60
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................................... 62
8.1 General ............................................................................................................................................... 62
8.2 Compressor Casings and Internals .................................................................................................... 62
8.3 Lubrication System ............................................................................................................................. 62
9 QUALITY ASSURANCE ........................................................................................................................... 63
9.1 Quality System Requirements ............................................................................................................ 63
9.2 Quality Assurance and Quality assurance plans ................................................................................ 63
10 INSPECTION AND TESTING ............................................................................................................ 64
10.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 64
10.2 Resident Engineer............................................................................................................. 64
10.3 Compressor ...................................................................................................................... 65
10.4 Electrical & Instrument Equipment .................................................................................... 66
10.5 HV Synchronous Motor ..................................................................................................... 66
10.6 Converter Transformer (where specified) ......................................................................... 67
10.7 Switchgear ........................................................................................................................ 68
10.8 Variable Frequency Drive System ..................................................................................... 68
10.9 Neutral Earthing Resistor .................................................................................................. 68
10.10 Protection and Metering Panel and Excitation Panels ...................................................... 69
10.11 Instrumentation ................................................................................................................. 69
10.12 Site Acceptance Test (SAT).............................................................................................. 69
10.13 Sustained Performance Test ............................................................................................ 72
10.14 Final Acceptance Certificate ............................................................................................. 72
11 Vendor Documentation with the Tender & After Contract Award ....................................................... 73
11.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 73
11.2 Document List ................................................................................................................... 73
11.3 Commissioning & Start-up Procedures ............................................................................. 74
11.4 Material and Other Certificates ......................................................................................... 74
11.5 Manufacturer's Data Reports ............................................................................................ 74
11.6 E-SPIR forms .................................................................................................................... 74
SP 2054 Revision: 3
11.7 Timing / Routing of Vendor Documentation ...................................................................... 74

11.8 Spare Parts ....................................................................................................................... 75
11.9 SAP ................................................................................................................................... 75
12 PAINTING AND PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ........................................................................... 76
12.1 Painting ............................................................................................................................. 76
12.2 Package Assembly ........................................................................................................... 76
12.3 Preparation For Shipment ................................................................................................. 77
12.3.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 77
12.3.2 Instrument Shipping Requirements .................................................................................. 77
12.3.3 Dimensions and Weight Restrictions ................................................................................ 77
12.3.4 Transport within Oman ..................................................................................................... 78
12.3.5 Identification ...................................................................................................................... 78
12.3.6 Delivery ............................................................................................................................. 78
13 SITE INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING ................................................................................. 79
13.1 Installation & Pre-commissioning ...................................................................................... 79
13.2 Commissioning ................................................................................................................. 80
13.3 Field Reliability Test for Acceptance ................................................................................. 80
13.4 As Builts ............................................................................................................................ 80
13.5 Training Purchaser Operators .......................................................................................... 80
13.6 After Sales Service ........................................................................................................... 80
14 LIST OF APPENDICES ...................................................................................................................... 81
14.1 APPENDIX – A1 ............................................................................................................... 84
14.2 APPENDIX – A2 ............................................................................................................... 88
14.3 APPENDIX – A3 ............................................................................................................... 90
14.4 APPENDIX – A4 ............................................................................................................... 93
14.5 APPENDIX – A5 ............................................................................................................... 96
14.6 APPENDIX – A6 ............................................................................................................. 106
14.7 APPENDIX – A7 ............................................................................................................. 108
14.8 APPENDIX – A8 ............................................................................................................. 117
14.9 APPENDIX – A9 ............................................................................................................. 125
14.10 APPENDIX – B1 ............................................................................................................. 127
14.11 APPENDIX – B2 ............................................................................................................. 133
14.12 APPENDIX – B3 ............................................................................................................. 158
14.13 APPENDIX – B4 ............................................................................................................. 161
14.14 APPENDIX – B5 ............................................................................................................. 163
14.15 APPENDIX – B6 ............................................................................................................. 172
14.17 APPENDIX – B7 ............................................................................................................. 174
14.18 APPENDIX – B8 ............................................................................................................. 177
14.19 APPENDIX – C1 ............................................................................................................. 180
SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.20 APPENDIX – C2 ............................................................................................................. 181

14.21 APPENDIX – C3 ............................................................................................................. 182
14.22 APPENDIX – C4 ............................................................................................................. 183
14.23 APPENDIX – C5 ............................................................................................................. 184
14.24 APPENDIX – C6 ............................................................................................................. 186
14.25 APPENDIX – C7 ............................................................................................................. 188
14.26 APPENDIX – D1 ............................................................................................................. 190
14.27 APPENDIX – E1.............................................................................................................. 192
14.28 APPENDIX – E2.............................................................................................................. 194
14.29 APPENDIX – F1 .............................................................................................................. 198
14.30 APPENDIX – F2 .............................................................................................................. 200
14.31 APPENDIX – F3 .............................................................................................................. 208
14.32 APPENDIX – F4 .............................................................................................................. 211
14.33 APPENDIX – F5 .............................................................................................................. 222

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1 Introduction
This general specification covers the minimum requirements for the selection, design, engineering, fabrication,
assembly, inspection, testing, supply, shipping, supervision of erection and commissioning of Compressor
Packages driven by electric motor, for Petroleum Development Oman LLC (PDO) including training of PDO
personnel for operation & maintenance.
Project specific attachments (Annexure A1 to F4 ) shall be added to highlight project specific requirement.
Attached compressor Data sheets will highlight train configuration applicable for the job along with other
requirements
The base compressor train configuration shall consist of centrifugal compressor driven by electric motor.
Variable speed arrangement when dictated by load requirement shall be achieved either through VFD
(Variable Frequency Drive) system and a speed increaser gearbox unit or through a variable speed fluid
coupling with integral gear with all major components using hydrodynamic bearings. The choice of driver and
variable speed mechanism shall be specified in Project specifications for compressors.
1.1. Definitions
The following definitions shall apply
Purchaser : Petroleum Development Oman LLC (PDO) / Contractor
Vendor/ Supplier : Compressor manufacturer
Local Agent : Vendor local Representative
Company : Petroleum Development Oman LLC (PDO)
Contractor : EPC Contractor
The Vendor shall ensure that the design fully complies with the requirements of this specification, required
standards and the compliance table Appendix-F2 attached to this specification.
1.2. Responsibility of Vendor

The Vendor shall be responsible for:
 Checking and Verifying EPC contractor‟s design of suction and discharge coolers, inlet scrubbers, Piping
and other related items that form part of scope of EPC.
 Selection, design, engineering, fabrication, assembly, coordination, inspection, testing, delivery and
proper functioning of the compressor packages.
 Checking, verifying and approving the implementation of process control and safeguarding related to
Compressor‟s start up/Shutdown logic shall be implemented by the Contractor in the Contractor‟s FCS,
IPS and F&G system.
 Supervision of installation, pre-commissioning and commissioning, field-testing, and training of the
Purchaser site personnel.
 Compliance with design requirements of this specification and its referenced specifications and
standards.
 Statement of exceptions to applicable standards & specifications with clear understanding that only
accepted deviations shall be part of the purchase specifications
 Submission of completed data sheets Purchaser & API formats at the time of bidding to post order stage
reflecting the changes at various stages.
 Ensuring the design of compressor(s) control algorithms is accurate, smooth and fully functional.
 An effective, unproblematic and efficient interfacing of all necessary subsystems of the compressor
package, under his scope of supply and with the existing facilities.
 Liaison with other concerned parties- e.g. EPC contractor, other equipment suppliers such as those of
motor / gearbox / VFD / Variable speed fluid coupling / Cooler/ scrubber/Unit/Converter transformer/
Machine Health monitoring system / Control and safeguarding in addition to interface engineering with
full cooperation in supplying all necessary information & data at no additional cost to Purchaser .
 Make sure that all measures or requirements for safeguarding the compressor package are in place and
functioning.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 The compressor vendor shall guarantee his package for 2 year operation starting from the final
commissioning activity
 The quality control of all sub-orders including attendance at all FATs.
 Submission of QA/QC procedure & quality plan for all stages of the project and Inspection test plan.
 Ensuring selection of sub-vendors from the Purchaser approved Vendors‟ list.
 Testing of all equipment Supplied.
This specification shall in no way relieve the vendor from final guarantee as to materials, apparatus,
workmanship and performance of the equipment inspected/supplied.
1.3. Resolution of Conflict

In case of conflict between documents relating to the enquiry or purchase order, the following priority of
documents shall apply.
First priority : Purchase order & variations thereto.
Second priority : This engineering specification / requisition.
Third priority : Project specification.
Fourth priority : Company standards & Specifications (ERDs,/SPs/PRs/GUs).
Fifth priority : Shell group Standards(DEPs).
Sixth priority : International standards.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS

Vendor shall refer to the applicable standards & specifications referred in Appendix-A8
2.1 General
All correspondence and documentation shall be in English. All measurements and units shall be in SI units.
2.2 Adherence to Applicable Standards & Specifications

Please refer to Appendix-A8 for all applicable codes and standards covered under the categories outlined
hereunder:
 Project Specific standards
 Owner /Purchaser‟s standards
 Shell group standards
 International Standards
The Vendor shall ensure that the design complies with the requirements of this specification and its
referenced specifications and standards. Comments/exceptions if any shall be listed on the sheets provided in
Appendix-F2 for review by the Company. Failure to clearly identify specific deviations shall be assumed by the
Purchaser to be in total compliance with the specification. Only the table of compliance (Appendix-F2) shall be
used as basis for evaluation. Only those comments / exceptions that are accepted by the Purchaser will be
incorporated into the requisition at the time of order.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS
3.1 Location and Environmental Conditions

Please refer to Appendix “A1” for the environmental conditions.
3.2 Area Classification

The compression package shall be suitable for outdoor installation (except VFD and other control/ switchgear
panels, unit transformer) (as per IP 55) in an area classified as Zone 2, Gas Group II B and Temperature
Class T3 for electrical apparatus.
All Instrumentations shall be certified for EEx-ia, Gr / EEx-d Gr IIC T6, IP-65
For solenoids EEx d is permitted due to high power.
3.3 Available Utilities

Power supplies as detailed in Section: 3.4.2.
Instrument quality air (Normal Pressure = 7 barg) will be made available by Contractor. Minimum instrument
air pressure shall be 3.5 barg. Vendor to size the air receiver (for motor purge air requirement) and valve
actuators for such minimum instrument air pressure of 3.5 barg.
3.4 Interface with Other Facilities

Please refer to Appendix 5 for the interface with other facilities.
3.4.1 Mechanical / Process

Refer to Process Engineering Flow Scheme (Appendix-C1) providing overview of compressor set-up. All
terminations shall be flanged to ASME B16.5, WN RF smooth finish. The terminal points are as follows for
every compressor package: Any exceptions shall be indicated in compressor project specifications ( Please
refer Appendix A5).
 Process gas inlet and outlet of compressor.
 Combined separation air and instrument air piping battery limit flange for compressor which shall also
cover purging of main motor.
 Compressor motor purge air receiver inlet and outet flange.
 Compressor seal gas inlet piping skid battery limit flange.
 Dry Gas Seal buffer gas (for future use) at skid battery limit flange.
 Various vent/flare piping up to skid battery limits.
 Flare header (DGS primary seal gas leakage) upto skid battery limit
 Drain piping battery limit flange (Various). Minimum drain size shall be 50 NB.
 Bypass valve (Anti Surge) inlet and outlet.
 Any other additional termination as required during clarification meeting.
3.4.2 Electrical
 HV 132kV power supply: The Contractor will provide power supply up to primary terminals of Converter
unit Transformer.
 415V power supply: Contractor will bring the cables up to the auxiliaries/motor terminals.
 110V DC power supply: Contractor will bring the cables up to the equipment as required (Excitation
control panel, Control & Protection Relay Panel).
 240V AC UPS supply: Contractor will bring the cable up to the equipment terminal box.
 The Contractor will provide Main earthing grid connections.
 240V AC power supply (for motor space heater): Contractor will bring the cable up to the heater terminal
box/panels for space heater.
 Control cables to motor RCU‟s: Contractor will bring cables from switchgear to the RCU‟s (supplied by
Contractor).
SP 2054 Revision: 3
Note: The Vendor shall be responsible for interfaces with EPC Contractor. Vendor shall also fully describe the
interfacing provisions/ requirements and specify to the PURCHASER all requirements for the interface cables
including High Voltage, Low Voltage and Control & Instrumentation cables.
3.4.3 Instrumentation and Control

The following interfaces are foreseen for instrumentation (refer to Responsibility Matrix, appendix E1 and
cable block diagram appendix C5):
 Off skid Instrument Installation.
Instrumentation that is part of Compressor Vendor supply but to be installed in EPC contractor piping will
be installed by Contractor.
 Skid edge Junction boxes. JBs for gear and motor RTD‟s, power, purge air, and heater connection could
be on the equipment but other field devices shall be connected to separate JB mounted on the skid
edge. All skid-mounted instruments shall be pre-wired to skid mounted JBs (including MMS or MHMS).
 Off skid cable laying
a) Fan/motor accelerometer (lube/working oil cooler) instruments to central location junction box shall be
supplied by vendor and layed by the Contractor.
b) All other cables shall be supplied and laid by contractor
 On skid cable laying
All cables from instrument to junction box shall be supplied by the Vendor and layed by the Vendor
 All cables from junction box/UCP to Auxillary room/Control room shall be supplied and layed by the
Contractor
 Compressor PLC and MMS or MHMS Input/output and data interface between cabinets (PLC, MMS or
MHMS, DCS/FCS/IPS, surge controller, IMCS, VFD, switchgear).
 Engineering station / HMI.
 Sequencing Logic implementation, Process Control and fin fan coolers control.
 Condition and performance monitoring server.
 Anti-surge, load sharing and capacity control implementation.
 VFD interface.
3.4.4 Civil
 All Civil foundations will be provided by the EPC contractor, based on the information provided by the
Vendor.
 For Compressor foundation the Vendor shall inspect the complete foundations prior to the installation of
the foundation bolts, and confirm the suitability of the foundations.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
4.1 Background
Refer Appendix- C6. ( This shall be provided as part of compressor project specifications )
4.2 Operating Envelope

Refer Appendix- C6. (This shall be provided as part of compressor project specifications )
4.3 Existing Plant Configuration and Capacities

Refer Appendix- C6. (This shall be provided as part of compressor project specifications )

SP 2054 Revision: 3
5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Refer Appendix - C6. (This shall be provided as part of compressor project specifications )

SP 2054 Revision: 3
6 VENDOR’S SCOPE OF SUPPLY

The Vendor‟s scope of supply shall include but not limited to the supply of skid-mounted compressor
package/s each complete with centrifugal compressor, fixed ratio gearbox or variable speed fluid coupling (as
specified in Compressor project specifications) , synchronous motor or induction motor (as specified in
Compressor project specifications), couplings, coupling guards including all related accessories like lube oil
skids, lube oil coolers, working oil cooler (for variable speed fluid coupling) dry gas seal system, variable-
frequency speed drive system (where applicable), VFD cooling system (where applicable) , MMS or MHMS,
UCP (unit control panel), instrumentation, cables from instruments/sensors to junction box, junction boxes,
unit transformer , Neutral earth resistor , Motor control and protection panels, and other accessories. Main
components of the train shall be mounted on a common base plate and shall be completely piped and wired to
the maximum possible extent to minimise the installation time at site. However, process coolers & scrubbers (
where applicable) shall be off skid mounted as per the layout of EPC.
Compressor package shall include all necessary mechanical, electrical, field instrumentation, structures,
equipment, components, devices, hardware & software which constitute the entire compression machinery
train & its supporting auxiliaries and ancillaries including operational requirements during start-up sequence,
except specific exclusions cited in this document, inspection and testing plus documents, drawings,
certification and manuals in order to deliver fully operational compressor package in accordance with these
project requirements and referenced engineering standards.
All auxiliary process, utility piping of the package shall be manifolded, where possible, and shall terminate with
single flange respectively at the skid edge.
The Vendor‟s scope of supply includes all activities and deliverables required for the execution of the design
requirements as indicated in section 7.0 and delivery DDP, to Sultanate of Oman, PDO, xxxxxxxxxx
compression site in xxxxxxxxxxxx..
The Vendor‟s scope of supply and services for each compression package, shall include, but not be limited to
the scope detailed below:
6.1 Scope of Supply of Equipment and Materials
6.1.1 Mechanical Equipment
6.1.1.1. Centrifugal Compressor

Centrifugal compressor set with single/ multiple casings as dictated by application driven by synchronous /
induction motor (as specified in compressor job specification) through VFD system & gearbox or a variable
speed fluid coupling with integral gear mounted on common base frame appropriate to the process
requirement specified and complete with the following:
 Where specified, fixed ratio speed increasing Gearbox unit built to API 613 and DEP 31.29.00.32-Gen.
A double helical, parallel shaft, gearbox is envisaged.
 Where specified, variable speed fluid coupling or a Variable speed planetary gear coupling with its
associated working oil system and related overall instrumentation.
 Dry gas seal with associated seal gas system including two tandem bi-directional dry gas seal cartridges
per compressor casing, one Seal Gas Instrument Panel and one Seal Gas conditioning skid per train
including the strainers, filters, valves, heaters, heat tracing (if required), piping, supports etc. terminated
at skid edge and related instruments as specified in the equipment Data Sheets.
 Separation air system for bearing with associated piping, filters, control valves, valves and instruments.
 One low-speed coupling as per API 671 and DEP 31.29.00.36 installed between the motor driver and the
fixed speed ratio gearbox or variable speed gear coupling with non-sparking coupling guard as specified
in the equipment Data Sheets .
 One high-speed coupling as per API 671 and DEP 31.29.00.36 installed between the compressor and
fixed ratio gearbox or variable speed gear coupling with non-sparking coupling guard as specified in the
equipment Data Sheets.
 One high-speed coupling as per API 671 and DEP 31.29.00.36 installed between the two compressor
casings with non-sparking coupling guard as specified in the equipment Data Sheets.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Common / two base plates: Common base plate with compressor, drive motor, Voith coupling with all
asscciated acceseries. for the compressor-gear/hydraulic coupling (as applicable)-motor train OR Two
baseplates comprise of Combined baseplate made of two sections one section for motor / Vorecon / lube
oil / working oil systems and one section for the compressors and seal gas systems. The two sections
shall be of same width and same depth and are to be assembled / bolted / dowelled together to make
one baseplate, suitable for single lift. If overall dimensions pose a transportation difficulty, splitting for
transport may be considered. The compressor baseplate shall include space for bundle removal for one
and/or both casings (as applicable) and include all the required bundle withdrawal supports pads on the
main skid. Baseplate foundation bolt execution to be designed as per PDO standard and not a hole in
the bottom web of the “I” beam.
 Local instrument panel and seal gas panel as specified in the equipment Data Sheets It is anticipated
that instrument and seal gas panels are to be mounted off skid at the same elevation as the machine
train to have clear access for maintenance & regular observation, unless this can be achieved
adequately on compressor skid.
 All compressors shall be provided with automated drain valves for suitability for remote start up.
Individual automated valve for each casing drain point and common automated drain valve on header
common to particular casing shall be provided
 Casing design pressure shall have margin over the pressure developed in worst scenario of operation &
at least 125% of rated discahrge pressure .
6.1.1.2. Lube Oil Skid

Each package shall have a lube oil skid as per API 614 and DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen for the lube oil
requirements of the compressor, gearbox and electric motor complete with following:
 Stainless steel 316L lube oil tank complete with electric heater in accordance with DEP 33.68.30.33-
Gen., demister, mist extractor fan and flame arrestor on the vent line with tank differential pressure
instrument, adequate manways and internal ladders to facilitate inspection & maintenance.
 Skid anchor bolts
 Electric motor driven horizontal mounted lube oil pumps (2x100% AC) with mechanical seal.
 The drive end and non drive end (compressor, motor, fluid coupling and gear box) bearing drains shall be
provided with a sight glass to view oil flow rate.
 Relief valve and associated piping for each pump.
 Oil temperature control system, as required, via bypass valve for lube oil coolers.
 Duplex lube oil filters with manual change over valves.
 Piping & valves up to skid edge flanges.
 Supports for each item.
 Drip pan for the skid terminating in a flanged valve, with a blind flange at the skid edge.
 Skid mounted instrumentation, control and instrumentation cabling terminating in junction boxes located
at the skid edge, impulse (instrument air) piping/tubing.
 Skid mounted local pressure and temperature gauges
 Emergency back up for lube oil system via rundown tank as per API 614 and DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen, with
the associated instruments and controls.
 Accumulator to ensure smooth transition between main and stand-by lube oil pumps.
Note : If the Voith integrated lubrication system is to be utilised, the integrated lube oil system shall conform
with API 614 and DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen except where deviations have been agreed. The variable speed fluid
coupling with integrated lubrication system configuration shall comprise of integrated lube oil tank with all the
accessaries including variable speed gear coupling driven main working oil pump, mechanical driven main
lube oil pump driven from gearbox or variable speed gear coupling input shaft with standby electrical motor
driven auxiliary lube oil pump arrangement. Such shaft driven main lube oil pump shall be considered
mandatory over the alternative of AC motor driven primary lube oil pump. Also emergency rundown tank is not
required in such scenario. Variable speed planetary gear coupling type RWC (long Vorecon) is selected as
base case with option for type RWE (short Vorecon). Vendor to carryout motor starting analysis study and
confirm the suitability of RWE in lieu of RWC.
6.1.1.3. Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

Air-cooled heat exchangers complete with electric motor and multi-toothed V-belt driven fans, associated
structural supports and lifting devices etc. for following services:

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Lube oil cooler for the combined lube oil system for the compressor, fixed ratio gearbox and electric
motor.
 Working oil cooler for the working oil system for the train configuration with variable speed gear coupling.
Each air cooler shall be complete with following:

 Complete process, thermal and mechanical design of the Air Cooled heat exchanger.
 Header, tube bundle, fittings and Nozzles, flanges and gaskets.
 Vents and drains shall be provided with Ball valves and blind flanges.
 150% (3 x 50% per bay) Forced draught fans with multi-tooth V-belt and electric motor driver.
 Earth Bus and Bosses and earthing cable connection to earth bus from each individual Boss.
 Vibration accelerometers two (2) numbers per fan (for motor and fan bearing) with indication in MMS or
MHMS for each fan.
 Field instruments including cooler inlet and outlet temperature transmitters.
 Field cabling for all electronic field instruments complete with skid mounted junction box
 Support structure with associated staircase, ladders, platforms and handrailing.
6.1.1.4. Valves
 Bypass anti-surge valve per process stage of compressor; suitable for full flow, covering the whole
operating envelope along with measurement devices associated with anti surge system as described
under Instrumentation section. The type and size of this valve shall be approved by Purchaser. ( Please
refer to Appendix A5).
 Non-slam type check valve on each process stage discharge Control valves, Safety Relief valves for
each compressor casing designed for full flow (blocked discharge case) and any other valves as
required.
6.1.2 General Requirements for the Package

 All necessary steel supports for the compressor package within vendor‟s supply limits.
 Holding down bolts for mounting of individual equipment on the skid. Anchor Bolts to be in accordance
with S10.045 – F Type “B”. Baseplate foundation bolt execution to be designed as per PDO standard and
not a hole in the bottom web of the “I” beam
 Lfting devices on the equipment on the skid and the skid.
 Earthing bosses (2 Nos.) per panel/skid at diagonally opposite location with earth bar as required.
 Drip pan with minimum 50 NB size flanged drain connection with flanged ball valve and blind flange.
6.1.3 Piping
 Interconnecting piping/tubing between the compressor skid and the dry gas seal panel.
 Interconnecting piping/tubing between the compressor skid and the local instrument panel.
 Blind flanges as required.
 Manifolded headers for all utilities within the boundary of the skids. The Purchaser/contractor shall
supply only one point of connection for each utility (instrument air, flare etc.).
 Temporary Conical Strainer on suction of each process stage of compressor.
 Necessary supports for the all the piping within the various skids.
 Piping / tubing shall be designed to give minimum possible impediment to access to the equipment and
panels
6.1.4 Special Tools and Lifting Beams:

All special tools and equipment are to be provided for maintenance, removal and overhaul of the entire
Vendor supplied equipment. This shall include but not be limited to following:
 Duly certified Equipment lifting tools, slings, beams, etc.
 Duly certified Package lifting kit including beams and slings.
 Dry gas seal removal tooling.
 Alignment tools.
 Compressor bundle removing equipment.
 Coupling installation/removal tools with all fittings and hydraulic components.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Any other special tools required and shall be delivered with a storage container.
 Lockable steel storage cabinet on wheels for above tools.
 Jumper piping (stainless steel or flexible) for bypassing of bearings during oil flushing
 Sufficient supply of “milk pads” or similar white paper filters material suitable for judging the cleanliness
of oil systems.
 Motor rotor withdrawal tool. (Note: the travelling crane may not have sufficient capacity to lift the rotor.)
 Start-up Stainless steel conical strainer for mounting in the compressor suction (size of pipe to be
advised later).
A travelling crane will be installed by the Contractor within the confines of the sunshade and, whilst of limited
capacity, will be sufficient for largest weight of the following loads with suitable safety margin:
- compressor inner casing (of barrel design compressor)
- compressor top half casing (for horizontal split casing design compressor)
- Compressor bundle (rotor)
- LS / HS flexible couplings
- Gearbox or Variable speed gear coupling - top half casing
- Gearbox or Variable speed gear coupling - rotor
- Temporary conical strainer
- Non-slam check valve
6.1.5 Special Lubricants

Vendor should specify Shell or Shell equivalent for oils and greases wherever possible. Where applicable the
greased bearings shall be supplied with filled-in grease and associated grease gun. Full details of required
lubricants, frequency of change and fill quantities shall be provided.
6.1.6 Electrical Equipment

The Scope of supply will include but not be limited to the following major electrical equipment covered under
this specification. The bidders will offer a completely working system including any other
component/equipment required for satisfactory & trouble-free operation. The bidders shall offer their most
efficient drive system. In order to assess & evaluate the performance of the system, bidders shall furnish
guaranteed overall efficiency & power loss values, over the rated speed range & load. For comparison, the
Purchaser shall apply a capitalized loading formula to each kW of losses. The quoted & guaranteed loss
figures must include the losses for all auxiliary equipment within the scope of compressor package, those are
required for the operation of the drives at rated speed & load under rated ambient & power line characteristics.
Bidders will also specify any limitation of cable lead length for VFD feeders to Compressor motors. (Refer
Appendix-D1).
6.1.6.1. HV SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR

One Synchronous motor drive per Compressor train (synchronous motor is a preferred option unless there are
strong reasons to justify an induction motor) suitable to be located outdoors in classified Zone-2 Gas Group II
B and Temperature Class T3, area (protection class Ex”p”) with accessories as specified in the equipment
Data Sheets having Class F insulation with temperature rise limited to Class B for all parts of the machine
windings. The motor shall be designed in accordance to DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. June 2007.
VENDOR shall ensure the suitability of motor rating for 110% flow case with around 3-4% margin for motor
rating motor margin and the driver rating selection criteria shall also be based on following:-
Compressor absorbed power + 4% API margin + Voith / GB losses + 2.5% wear tear losses = TOTAL Power +
10% motor margin = MOTOR RATING
Each motor shall be complete with but not limited to the following:
 Main, star point and auxiliary terminal boxes with cable glands and lugs. The Main cable box shall be
sized correctly to take motor H.V cables.
 Brushless type Exciter system with DAVR and controls along with separate terminal box.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 The Motor shall be rated and sized to operate between 0.9 lagging and 0.9 leading power factor. Under
all worst case loading conditions there is no risk of motor pole slipping when the motor is operated at any
power factor between 0.9 leading and 0.9 lagging.
 Cooling system, preferred Air to Air (with fan sparing capability of n+1) or Air to Water (alternative, to
include complete external water cooling system – subject to Company approval).
 Anti-condensation heaters.
 3 Differential Current transformers installed in the star point terminal box.
 Shaft vibration detection system including 2 numbers probes per radial bearing, extension cables and
proximitors wired to junction boxes at skid edge.
 Winding temperature detection system including 12 numbers PT100 elements including protection
devices (4 per phase) wired to junction boxes at skid edge ( 2 for VFD and 2 for MMS) for VFD
applications and 6 numbers PT100 elements including protection devices (2 per phase) wired to
junction boxes at skid edge for non-VFD fixed speed HV motor applications.
 Bearing temperature detection system including two numbers RTD's per radial bearing wired to junction
boxes at skid edge.
 Purge piping system, by dry pressurised air, piped to skid edge complete with control and safeguarding
devices.
 Local control box housing, emergency shut-down buttons, Inhibit/Permissive switches etc.
 Any special cables.
 Pressurised Lubrication System for the motor bearings.
 In addition to the pressurised oil supply, provision for an in-built oil lubrication device for the motor
bearings, such as oil bath / ring oil lubrication, to supplement the supply from the emergency run-down
tank, shall be considered.
 Should a motor with air to water cooling be proposed then the associated external cooling system will be
within the vendor scope of supply
6.1.6.2. Converter / Unit Transformers

132kV power will be directly fed to the Converter transformer ( when VFD drive is a preferred option) of
respective compressor motor train. Converter transformers will be suitably designed with 132kV primary.
Transformer terminal boxes will be supplied complete with cable glands and lugs.
The transformer shall be supplied with RTCC and DAVR with remote and local control facilities for and
annciator panel for all alarms and trip signals pertaining for the transformers
The unit transformer shall be sized correctly with the intended duty and shall be with type of cooling of ONAN
rating and fitted with an appropriate range of taps.
6.1.6.3. Neutral Earthing Resistor

The Neutral Earthing Resistors (NER) may be required for secondary side system neutral grounding of
Converter transformers, based upon the system design of the bidders. Bidders shall quote suitably. NER
terminal boxes will be supplied complete with cable glands and lugs.
6.1.6.4. HV Switchgear
The 132kV switchgear is in the scope of the EPC Contractor unless specified to the contrary.
If the bidder‟s design includes HV Switchgears, specifically for switching of filter banks or for capacitor banks,
voltage rating of same will depend upon the selection of the Converter Transformer ratings. The scope will
include supply of indoor floor mounted switchgear line-up containing Vacuum /SF6 type Breaker panels. The
circuit breaker shall be suitably rated for the intended duty with required fault breaking and withstand
capability for 1 Sec. The Switchgear shall comply with the requirements of DEP 33.67.51.31-Gen and SP-
1120. The circuit breaker panels shall be suitable for cable connection. Current & voltage transformers,
meters, relays, control switches, etc shall be included in order to meet standard protection requirement as per
SP-1107.
6.1.6.5. Variable Frequency Drives

Variable Frequency drive (when specified in compressor project specifications) for each compressor motor will
be Current Source Converter type (LCI type) having Pseudo 24-pulse configuration. The Variable Frequency
Drive systems shall generally be in line with DEP 33.66.05.33-Gen (March 1995). Each VFD System shall
SP 2054 Revision: 3
have it‟s own integrated DM water internal cooling system, with 100% redundancy and including the
necessary controls. The integrated cooling system will interface with the external cooling systems through
redundant heat exchangers.
6.1.6.6. Cooling / Chiller System(s)

The full extent of the external cooling system (applicable for VFD application) for the VFD shall be within the
vendor scope of supply. The cooling / chiller system will have spare / standby capacity to cater for component
/ equipment failure.
Should a motor with air to water cooling be proposed then the associated external cooling system will be
within the vendor scope of supply, and be independent of the VFD cooling / chiller systems.
6.1.6.7. Miscellaneous Items

 Protection and Metering Panels for the converter / unit transformer and motor combination. All motor
protection functions will be achieved in VFD system.
 Exciter Control Panel and DAVR
 RCU‟s and safety switches for main electric motor and electric motors for ancillary equipment such as
lube oil pumps, lube oil cooler fans, chiller system pumps, chiller compressors etc will be supplied by
Contractor.
 On skid Low Voltage power and control cabling up to local Junction Boxes/ Interface Panels/ RCUs etc.
 Local Junction Boxes/ Interface Panels etc.
 Cable lugs fitted on terminals.
 Power Factor improvement Capacitors if applicable
 Harmonic Filters if applicable
 Earthing and bonding system and on skid earthing connections up to the earthing boss.
 Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) units for coolers fans where applicable.
 On skid grounding connections up to the grounding bosses.
6.1.7 Instrumentation and Control

This part of Specification outlines the minimum requirements for instrumentation and control systems
supplied by the compressor Vendor as part of the equipment package.
6.1.7.1 Control Systems Guidelines
(a) Purchaser shall provide Process control and Emergency shutdown systems for the entire facility.
Purchaser shall design the logic for shutdown, and control of process related to the compressor in
DCS/FCS/IPS system. The compressor vendor shall provide package required documents(Cause and
Effect diagram, Control narratives, Safeguading narratives, sequence chart for compressore startr/stop
and protection,alrm and trip set points and other requsted by purchaser during detail design. These
details shall be provided by the Vendor in proper formats as specified by the Purchaser.
Machine Monitoring System (MMS) or Machine Health Monitoring System (MHMS) for Compressor
and all other auxillary machines along with Condition and Performance Monitoring Server (CPMS)
shall be designed and supplied by the Vendor.
Vendor shall verify and approve all the Compressor package related Controls and Safeguarding
implemented by the Contractor in the Contractor‟s DCS/FCS/IPS/F&G System to ensure that Vendor‟s
Control and Safeguarding criteria are met in order to maintain the warranties and other contractual
obligations.
(b) Instrument Standardization
All Instruments shall be chosen from PDO approved vendors list . Process activated ‎switches shall only
be used when analog process measurement devices are not suitable for intended process service or
measurement application and will be approved by Principal.‎
‎ ontrol Signals, and Units of Measurements
(c) C
Vendor shall ensure that all the on-skid and off-skid instruments selected are suitable as per their
functionality as mentioned below:
SP 2054 Revision: 3
Control signals shall be as follows:‎

 ‎ CS/FCS inputs
D :‎ Foundation Fieldbus
 ‎Analog (DCS/FCS/IPS inputs) :‎ ‎4 - 20 MA HART
 ‎Analog outputs :‎ Foundation Fieldbus
 ‎Discrete inputs:‎(FCS/DCS/IPS) :‎ Volt Free Contact rated to 24 VDC‎
 RTD‟s :‎ Bearing RTD‟s connected to MMS/MHMS
system
and head mounted‎ transmitter shall be used
for other inline mounted temperature
measurement.
 ‎Discrete outputs (FCS/DCS/IPS) :‎ ‎24 VDC‎
(d) I‎nstrument symbols and Tagging
During detailed engineering, the instrumentation Bill of Materials shall be ‎converted into an Instrument
Index using Principal‟s assigned tag ‎numbers. The tagging convention shall be consistently applied
through all ‎Vendor drawings and documents such as PEFS‟s, electrical and pneumatic ‎loop drawings,
panel drawings, logic drawings, control system ‎documentation, etc.‎
All instruments, skid mounted and shipped loose, shall be physically tagged ‎with engraved Tags by the
Vendor.‎
Also refer instrumentation responsibility matrix for further details on scope of supply (Appendix- E1).
6.1.7.2 Vendor’s scope of supply
Following will be supplied as a minimum

(a) The Compressor Vendor shall provide data for all instruments and controls to enable safe and reliable
operation of the compressor train and associated auxiliary systems such as lube oil system , seal
system and any other related system. All on-skid instruments excluding F&G detectors shall be supplied
by the Vendor however all off-skid instruments and onskid/off skid F&G detectors shall be supplied by
the Contractor based on Vendor data. All data provided by the Vendor shall be in the required formats as
specified by the Contractor.
This will include all primary control elements, final control elements, bearing vibration probes, bearing
temperature RTD's, keyphasor probes, motor winding RTD's and all other field instrument devices
required. Vendor shall provide all instruments listed as his scope of supply in the instrument matrix.
These shall be fully compliant with all relevant applicable standards and specifications listed in Appendix
A8.
(b) Vendor shall provide local indication board and/or local panel to indicate important operating conditions
of the compressor train at approved location near the compressor train.
(c) DGS ( Dry gas seal)panel mounted on main package skid without affecting maintenance access, or off-
skid if affecting maintenance access.
(d) Skid ‎mounted junction Boxes/Marshalling cabinets as required for the ‎compressor train shall be in
accordance with the Specifications. Their location shall require approval of the Purchaser. Junction
boxes shall be of ‎Stainless steel construction & shall comply with NEMA 4 x locations. or IP 68.
(e) Vendor shall provide wiring between Sensors/control elements and junction boxes.
(f) All off-skid instruments, junction box and panels shall be installed by the Contractor and all on-skid
instruments, junction box and panels shall be installed by the Vendor. When necessary, the Vendor shall
provide all portable instruments to perform surge and performance test.
(g) Vendor shall provide technical information and documentation, in proper Contractor supplied formats to
enable Contractor implement appropriate control and safeguarding strategies. Information provided by
the Vendor shall include, but not be limited to:
o PEFS‟s for the proposed equipment package.
o Alarm and trip settings list.
o Duly filled instrument Data sheets.
o Control and protection sequence, functional logic diagrams and cause and effect diagrams
related to Vendor supplied equipment.
o Control narratives related to Vendor supplied equipment.
o Control strategy, controller modes and recommended tuning parameters. Related to Vendor
supplied equipment

SP 2054 Revision: 3
o Any other engineering documentation that may be required by the Contractor to implement
controls and safeguarding of the packaged equipment.
o Review of Contractor‟s control and safeguarding implementation related to compressor train to
ensure that Vendor‟s control and safeguarding design criteria are met in order to maintain
warranties and other contractual obligations. Vendor shall attend FAT, SIT and perform on-site
tests, prior to initial start-up, and shall validate that his control and safeguarding criteria have
been met.
o All field devices such as transmitters, control, on-off valves, cabling and Junction boxes within
equipment package including recycle valve, and anti-surge flow meters.
o Transmitter diagnostic data via HART/FCS shall be available to DCS/FCS operator.
o Unit Control Panel (UCP) consisting of Machine Monitoring System (MMS) or Machine Health
Monitoring System (MHMS) and Sequence Control and Safeguarding System. MMS or MHMS
shall be from the list of PDO approved suppliers or shall follow the existing installation . This is
project dependent and will be stipulated during enquiry stage with clear indication as to whether
it will be an extension /addition to existing system or a complete system. The packages shall be
provided with separate MMS or MHMS for each compressor unit. It will also include vibration
monitoring of all the cooling fans of the lubrication system the suction and inter /discharge
process cooler fans. One common condition performance monitoring server CPMS shall be
supplied for all compressor train/s.
Note: Also refer instrumentation responsibility matrix for further details on scope of supply (Appendix-
E1).
6.2 Engineering Services

The Vendor shall assume sole contractual and engineering responsibility for the design, engineering,
procurement, manufacture, assembly, test and performance of all equipment supplied, as indicated in this
specification for all the cases/options. This shall include but not be limited to the following:
 Resolving engineering questions relating to the equipment within the scope of supply and interfacing
systems.
 Carrying out and Coordination of detailed design for all equipment and components within Vendor's
scope of supply i.e. coordination with all sub-vendors.
 Checking and endorsement of the EPC Contractor‟s design (where applicable) of suction and discharge
coolers, inlet scrubbers interstage coolers, interstage scrubbers and piping system design and other
related items.
 Ensuring that all equipment supplied meets requirements of the applicable specifications, standards, etc.
referenced in this specification.
 Carrying out or coordination of all calculations, analyses, simulations etc., as specified in this
specification, and its referenced publications and/or equipment data sheets.
 Review and approval of anti-surge valve size & related instrumentation
 Review and approval of all Compressor package related Control and Safeguarding implemented by the
Contractor in the Contractor DCS/FCS/IPS/F&G System as per Vendor design.
 Review and endorse compressor related Process drawings, Cause & Effects and Layouts in the
document list with respect to the proposed design and lay out.
 Providing data, documents & drawings, etc. for Purchaser‟s review and approval as stipulated in this
specification.
 Furnishing comprehensive progress reports based on work actually performed as required by this
requisition.
 Providing expediting services on sub vendors.
 Arrange and perform a dedicated HAZOP and IPF for the compressor package and its auxiliaries
involving the purchaser representatives. The facilitator for the HAZOP and IPF shall be Company
approved. Vendor shall also prepare HAZOP and IPF reports and closeouts.
 Identification of Auxiliary equipment required for the safe operation or shutdown of the compressor train,
but which may or may not be running during normal operation. This shall be monitored by DCS/FCS/FCS
system supplied by the Purchaser provided such that its failure or non-availability shall initiate an alarm.
The Vendor shall provide adequate instrumentation to enable the monitoring.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Participate in kick-off meetings, coordination meetings, and detail design review, constructability review
including assessment of existing DCS/FCS & IPS System, HAZOP, SAFOP and IPF meetings at a
location determined by the Contractor. The Vendor shall implement the design review, SAFOP, HAZOP
and IPF recommendations (that are required as per this specification and relevant Company standard /
Shell DEP standards and/or international standard) and FAT, SIT and SAT punch points without
additional cost.
 Carry out 3D FEA (Finite Element Analysis) modelling of mechanical and fluid loading of impellers,
accounting for any stress concentrations. Such modelling must be compatible with the fabrication
techniques to be used in manufacture. The detailed report shall be submitted for review by Purchaser.
 The stress analysis for the process lines associated with compressor shall be carried out by the
Contractor. The stress analysis report and recommendations shall be reviewed and approved by Vendor
to confirm compatibility with equipment nozzle loading limitations.
 Detailed Lateral critical speed analysis for compressor, gearbox and electric motor & verification on test
stand. The detailed report shall be submitted for review by Purchaser.
 Detailed Torsional critical speed analysis for the complete compressor unit including transient conditions,
start-up and shutdown & verification on test stand. The detailed report shall be submitted for review by
Purchaser. The torsional analysis shall also be verified by an independent 3rd party.
 Perform Main motor dynamic starting studies and submit report.
 Perform Electrical sizing studies for unit transformers
 Carryout electrical transient load study with report.
 Matching of the converter transformer rating, optimise parameters of converter transformer-motor
combination, starting method for the motor, etc. for synchronous motor, (the calculations shall be
submitted for Purchaser's review) in order to achieve a cost effective compressor drive package.
 Perform harmonic studies where applicable – as an outcome of this study, a suitable harmonic filter will
be offered.
 Perform torque pulsation study over the speed range of the compressor package and determine the
effects & mitigation required to eliminate / minimise affects on equipment.
 Perform power factor improvement capacitor sizing calculations (the calculation shall take into
considerations the effect of resonance when installed in conjunction with harmonic filter).
 Determine the settings of VFD protection for motor, VFD and converter transformer where
 Applicable.
 Inspection and testing as specified in this specification, codes and standards.
 Review and approval of foundation design for the compressor train prepared by contractor.
 Provide a 3D model of complete compressor package. 3D model shall detail all components and
pipework and be suitable for integration into PDMS Model
 Furnish all drawings and documentation related to the equipment contained in the scope of supply to "as
built" level.
 Advise and assist the EPC Contractor for the plant control and safeguarding system in the design,
implementation and testing of control and safeguarding functionality. The vendor shall comment and
approve on drawings pertaining to his machines.
 Perform Availability, Reliability, Maintainability (ARM) studies & Life cycle cost analysis.
 Coordinate with the purchaser for ensuring accessibility for operation and maintenance is addressed i.e.
shall advise requirements for platforms, ladders, staircases, walkways for compressor package and
accessories within vendors supply scope.
 Perform simulations for the entire range of operating envelope and submit a detailed report for the same.
Vendor shall confirm the settle out pressure by carrying out necessary calculations.
 Develop and submit compressor curves for parallel operation. The curves considering load sharing for
multiple units to cover the entire operating range.
 Review and endorse data sheets of Relief, EDP/ESD, Check and other critical valves associated with the
compressors not in the compressor vendor‟s scope.
 Coordinate with Contractor and provide all necessary data/documents like speed/torque curves, moment
of inertia of compressor etc to Contractor for carrying out the Dynamic simulation.
 Coordination with Contractor for the implementation of anti-surge control by Contractor. Vendor shall
provide all necessary data to Contractor for this implementation e.g. compressors surge curves.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
6.3 Spare Parts
6.3.1 Insurance Spares & Two Year Operating Spares

The Vendor shall quote for the major insurance and two year operating spares, which shall be included in the
evaluation of commercial bid.
Currently, it is perceived that the spares listed in Appendix-A3 shall form part of the Vendor‟s scope of
supply.
The Vendor shall propose two years operational spares of compressor train and all ancillary equipment duly
identified on the E-SPIR forms.
The compressor Vendor shall make spares recommendations. Company shall review Vendor‟s
recommended two years operational spare and confirm which spares to be ordered.
6.3.2 Spares for Start-up and Commissioning

Vendor‟s scope of supply shall include spare parts for initial start-up and commissioning, which shall be
included in the evaluation of commercial bid.
6.4 Three Year Service Agreement for Maintenance of VFD System of Main Motors
Where applicable, Vendor shall furnish an optional quote for the same.
6.5 Painting, Preparation for Shipment

The Vendor's scope of supply shall include painting, preparation for shipment and delivery of the entire
compressor package to site. For detail refer section 12.0 of this specification.
6.6 Exclusions
 Process, utility and drain piping outside skid battery limit.
 Associated line mounted instrumentation such as flow measurement orifices etc.
 Main control system (DCS/FCS) system, ‎Instrument protective system, Anti-surge controller Control
/Auxiliary buildings as identified for the specific project.‎
 Concrete foundation (Design based on Vendor supplied technical data.)
 Grouting of Vendor supplied anchor bolts.
 Sun shelter with overhead lifting facilities (Vendor to inform details and capacity of lifting device).
 Connecting pipe-work from the station drains system to the Vendor‟s skid edge
 Connections for the scrubber and skid drains etc.
 Instrument air supply.
 Electrical supply (power supply to primary of motor Converter / Unit Transformer).
 Supply of Interconnecting HV, LV Power & control cabling (However, the Vendor shall furnish
specification requirements and details of all cables, as well as any length limitation for VFD drives where
applicable).
 132kV GIS Circuit breakers and associated protection (vendor to indicate recommended protection for
Converter / Unit transformer feeders).
 Earthing connection from equipment/ skid earth boss to the main plant earthing grid. Neutral earthing
connection from transformer to NER and from NER to earth (if vendor design includes NER).
 415V electrical power supplies to all auxiliary drives and other electrical equipment.
 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) where applicable.
 Hardwired inputs from inlet/outlet block valves, and vent valves located outside the compressor skid as
indicated on PEFS, as well as Shutdown outputs from the IPS system to actuate these valves, for
protection of the Compressor train as recommended by the vendor.
 Cabling between skid edge instrument junction boxes and control room.
 Unloading at site
 Site erection
SP 2054 Revision: 3
 All Interconnecting off skid process and utility piping except Lube oil, instrument and dry gas seal panel
related piping/tubing.
 Supply and installation of all necessary off-skid platforms, walkways, staircases and ladders.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
7.1 General
Operating parameters of the compressor have been specified in the datasheets (Appendix B1) and
Appendix-C6. Equipment within Compressor vendor scope to achieve its rated capacity in shade temperature
of 55C. When specified, it shall also be designed to function safely in a shade temperature above 60C
without any long-term adverse effects on machinery integrity, but not necessarily at its rated capacity.
Machinery train design shall essentially comply with all relevant standards, as referenced in section 2.0 of
this specification.
7.2 Plant Layouts

Variable Speed Train using VFD (when specified), synchronous motor & gearbox or variable speed hydraulic
coupling (when specified) driving a centrifugal compressor shall be considered. Casing split shall be dictated
by the application.
Combined baseplate as described in 6.1.1.1 with integrated lube oil system or separate stand-alone lube oil
system, mounted on concrete foundation at elevated or at grade level shall be considered.
The compressor-gear-motor train shall be mounted on a common base plate and shall be installed on grade
with concrete foundation. The lube oil skid shall be grade mounted on the concrete foundation. The height of
the foundation block for the compressor train shall be such that it will facilitate easy return for the return lube
oil to flow back to the reservoir. When an emergency lube oil rundown tank is used, it shall be mounted on
the structure above and adjacent to the compressor train and accessible from the compressor house under
the sunshade.
Vendor shall confirm suitability of space allocation for the compressor train, lube oil skid & lube oil cooler
including VFD (when specified) & main motor cooling systems and all other accessories. Vendor shall also
provide his suggestions in order to optimize operability and maintainability. Also vendor shall define
maintenance and lay-down area requirements in his proposed layout.
The requirements for any working platform around Main motor, compressor, gearbox, air coolers, DGS panel,
local panels and drive motor shall be indicated by Vendor in the equipment GA drawings.
Following maintenance aspects shall be incorporated in the equipment and piping layout of compressor
package:
 Access for operation and maintenance, component removal and re-assembling should be considered for
all compressor components including accessories.
 The vendor shall demonstrate that the equipment and accessories are designed considering good
ergonomic principles.
 Optimization of package battery limit interfaces with other facilities, including the connections to the vent,
flare and drain systems shall be considered.
 Attention shall be paid to factors such as hazardous area classification, pipe routing and noise.
 Seal gas filters shall be located in an easy reachable location.
 Instrumentation frame and junction boxes shall be located in proper positions allowing access to all
compressor train components for inspection, maintenance and overhaul.
 To ensure accessibility to reach start up / temporary strainer using the overhead crane of the compressor
sunshade (by Contractor).
 To ensure accessibility to reach overhead rundown tank and related instrumentation from the
compressor house sunshade (by Contractor).
 VFD (when specified) and main motor cooling arrangements, cooling water & top-up water sources and
their accessibility.
7.3 Availability, Reliability and Maintainability (ARM)

The turndown and capacity control of the compressor shall meet the specified requirements in Appendix-B1
& Appendix-C6. Availability Reliability and Maintainability (ARM) of the equipment are extremely important.
Design of the compressor shall ensure the ease of maintenance in order to reduce downtime and shall be of
proven technology. Overall availability of the compressor package expected to be >98% and the reliability to
SP 2054 Revision: 3
be >99%. Definitions of availability and reliability are given in Appendix-F3. The Vendor is expected to
provide a maintenance schedule with duration / man-hours associated with each activity in support of
availability and reliability figures stated above and shall also reflect in Operating and maintenance manuals.
Certain critical items may need to be spared. Vendor should propose list of such items and any additional
spares as a result of experience in similar service.
The offered model of the compressor shall have a proven track record of satisfactory operation in the field in
the extreme desert environment. A prototype design model is not acceptable. Vendor shall produce all the
technical details of the machines/model supplied, their duration of operation, achieved availability/reliability
and feedback from the actual users about their satisfactory performance with the quotation.
7.4 Noise Limitations

The noise levels of all equipments in the compressor package shall not exceed the limits as specified in DEP
31.10.00.31-Gen.
The Vendor shall submit duly filled in Noise datasheet (refer Appendix-B3). Vendor to submit the guaranteed
sound power levels and sound pressure levels of the equipment including VFD drive system ( when specified
) without the use of acoustic enclosures, which are disallowed from an Operation & Maintenance perspective.
7.5 Packaging Philosophy

Major equipment shall be packaged to the maximum possible extent to ensure that site work is minimized.
Compressor Vendor shall indicate who shall undertake packaging, & if not compressor vendor, then
packager shall be proposed and if acceptable form an integral part of Vendor‟s technical and management
team.
The packaged assembly shall be designed to provide safe accessibility for maintenance, adjustment of
controls and instrument readout.
The compressor train consisting of compressor, gearbox, electric motor, shall be mounted on common rigid
fabricated base plate.
Sub-assemblies shall be supplied prefabricated and assembled as far as practical, suitable for speedy site
erection. Such items may include:
 Local Indication panel / instrument frame (if not located on main base frame)
 Seal gas panel (if not located on main base frame)
 Seal Gas Conditioning Skid
 VFD System ( when specified )
 Lube oil cooler
 Working oil cooler
 Seal gas instrument skids
 Lube oil skid
 Cooler / chiller systems
 Supporting steelwork.
 The separate skids and sub-assemblies shall be match marked for site assembly prior to shipment.
7.6 Dynamic Process Simulation Report

When specified, Compressor Vendor shall conduct a dynamic simulation study within 6 weeks after receiving
final operating data from the purchaser and submit his findings as a Report within 4 Weeks. The dynamic
simulation can be done by the vendor in house or through an experienced & reputable sub-contractor.
The operating scenario whether working in parallel and or in tandem shall be studied through a dynamic
simulation model.
The vendor shall be fully responsible for obtaining the necessary basic input & boundary conditions from the
Purchaser, ensure that all possible operation scenarios are covered, prepare a report and present it to the
Purchaser. The report shall clearly indicate whether the machine will perform as required and if not, what
modifications are required. The report shall analyze the following scenarios as a minimum.
 Compressor running in parallel
SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Single train running

 Normal molecular weight variations by necessity of production
 Upset molecular weight variations if sweetening plant is not working
 Response to sudden pressure changes and flow rates.
 Response to the action of anti-surge controls using a/s control manufacturer's simulator software
module
 Response to other common mode process & m/c upsets & trips for series operation, & single train
running if appropriate
 Load sharing control between machines , as applicable, using load sharing control manufacturer's
simulator software module
 Response to well injection control
 Settle out conditions and capability to start-up from settle out conditions.
 Total recycle or partial recycle mode of operation
Final SoW / permutations & combinations to be considered in dynamic simulation in accordance with
the agreement between PDO & compressor vendor.
Any changes required in the compressor and its auxiliaries to implement the results of above studies shall be
part of Vendor‟s scope and the vendor for this shall make no additional claims. In case the vendor proposes
to use a sub-contractor, details of the sub-contractor‟s capabilities and experience in executing similar
simulation and the software proposed to be used shall be submitted to purchaser
7.7 Centrifugal Compressor

The compressor shall be designed, engineered, manufactured and tested in accordance with API-617, 7th
edition and Shell DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen. April 2006 with following in view
 Section 2.5.3.1 of API-617, 7th edition shall be enforced in this compressor design, i.e. shaft shall be
made of one-piece heat-treated steel, suitably machined for this application. Also the diaphragms shall
be axially split as stated in section 2.4.8. of same specification.
 The compressor casing nozzles shall be designed for minimum two times API limit (i.e. 2 x API specified
Forces & Moments) in order to achieve maximum system reliability.
 Compressor nozzles shall be normal bolted flanges protruding from the casing. Flange sizes shall be the
maximum possible to minimise any mis-match between nozzle and pipe size.
 Various operating cases, for which the compressor has to be suitable, are detailed in Appendix-B1. All
operating conditions mentioned in the data sheet are at the battery limit.
 Thrust bearing shall be provided for each compressor irrespective of the type of the drive arrangement .
Thrust bearing in gearbox in lieu of thrust bearings in the compressor for fixed speed compressors is not
acceptable
 The suction and discharge nozzle sizes shall meet velocity guidelines specified in DEP 31.22.05.11-Gen
Amendments/Supplements to API 617 / DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen
All requirements specified in the following paragraphs are amendments, supplements or modifiers to API
617, 7th edition or DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen. The paragraphs (as noted in parentheses) correspond to those in
API 617, 7th edition.
Paragraphs not mentioned in this specification remain unaltered. Paragraph numbers used in this specifica-
tion, which do not appear in API 617, 7th edition or DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen, are new paragraphs.
(2.1 GENERAL)
(3.6.1 Supplement to API Clause chapter 1)
Provisions and special tools for internal case bundle removal shall be furnished by the Vendor.
Bundle removal provisions shall be designed so that the bundle is positively supported from the machine floor
during the complete removal operation.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
(2.1.8 Supplement to API Clause chapter 1)

The equipment will be installed outdoors, in an extreme desert environment. Each compressor package will
be provided with sunshade (by Contractor). The access to the start- up & temporary strainer shall be from the
area under the sunshade.
(3.5.1.2 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause Chapter2)

Unless otherwise specified, Liquid injection is not required.
(2.1.13 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause)

Vendor‟s erection supervisor shall be present to check initial installation of the compressor-skid and other
major equipment on respective foundation, the grouting of the foundation bolts , connection to the major
compressor nozzles , initial coupling alignments, hot alignments and observe/check piping alignments and
during the compressor operation at various loads and speeds during the site acceptance test & endurance
test.
(2.1.16 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause chapter 1)

Field run on air is not required. The field runs either during the site acceptance test & endurance test shall be
conducted on actual gas.
(2.1.14 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause chapter 1)

All electrical components and installations shall be in accordance with this specification and data sheets.
(2.3 CASINGS)
(2.3.1.1.1 Purchaser‟s decision on API Clause)
The maximum allowable working pressure shall be 1.25 times the maximum discharge pressure which can
occur at the surge point for the highest speed and gas molecular weight.
(2.3.2.2 MAIN PROCESS CONNECTIONS)

(2.3.2.2.7 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause)
Non standard connection shall require prior approval of the purchaser
(2.5 ROTATING ELEMENTS)

(2.5.10.1 Supplement to DEP Clause Chapter 1)
Semi-open type impellers may only be used with the Purchaser's written approval. Should brazed impellers
be conceded / allowed by Company, then they shall be suitably treated to make them robust against mercury,
where applicable, in process gas.
(2.5.4.1 Supplement to API Clause chapter 2)

The balance line connections shall be arranged in such a way that liquid and/or dirt cannot accumulate.
For casings with rated differential pressure across the balance drum over 35.0 Bar, an indicating differential
pressure transmitter for alarm shall be furnished.
(2.7 Bearings and Bearing Housings)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
The thrust bearing & radial bearing selection shall be based on the highest oil temperature conditions of 60
deg oil inlet temperature resulting from continuous operation at the maximum ambient temperature specified.
The thrust bearing shall be sized to limit the Babbitt temperature at the location of the temperature sensors to
100°C at rated / worst compressor conditions.
The thrust calculation and sizing of thrust bearings shall be reviewed by the Purchaser.
(2.7.3.2 Supplement to API clause chapter 2)

Vendor shall demonstrate in the proposal the criteria for thrust bearing sizing, including provisions for
absorbing forces from aerodynamic phenomena. The demonstration shall be quantitative, rather than general
explanation without real values attached.
(2.7.4 Bearing Housings)

The bearing housing shall be provided with a breather with removable gauze filter, sized to maintain the
pressure in the bearing housing at atmospheric. Vendor shall review the bearing housing construction of
other major components such as main electric motor, gearbox to avoid oil leakage to the atmosphere in the
event of an overpressure.
(2.7.4.3 New Paragraph chapter 2)

Bearing caps shall be provided with two machined flats of minimum 50-mm radius drilled in the centre and
tapped to enable mounting of accelerometers in the vertical and horizontal plane.
(2.8.4. SELF ACTING DRY GAS SEAL)

(2.8.4.1 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause Chapter1)
Seal gas system for the supply to the dry gas seals complete with necessary auxiliary systems,
instrumentation and controls shall be provided as specified in this specification.
(2.10 LUBE OIL SYSTEMS)

(2.10.3 Amend DEP Clause)
Lubricating oil systems shall comply with API 614, DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen and the specification of this
requisition.
(2.2 MATERIALS)
(2.2.1.6 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause chapter 1)
NACE (ISO15156) material shall be provided.
(2.3.1.11.6 New clause API chapter 1)

Compressor connection designs to be submitted for Purchaser review prior to fabrication
(3.1 DRIVERS)
(3.1.1 Supplement to API clause chapter 1)
Compressor shall be driven by a variable speed electric motor achieved through VFD (when specified) &
fixed ratio gearbox (when specified) built to API 613 and DEP 31.29.00.32-Gen OR
Fixed speed motor and Voith Vorecon is to be utilised to achieve variable speed operation.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
There shall be a minimum of 10 % margin over the maximum horsepower, which is sum of the maximum gas
horsepower and all mechanical losses including at gearbox, couplings etc at worst operating condition
considering all the operation scenarios.

Anticipated process variations are indicated in process gas conditions in Appendix-B1 and Appendix-C6. All
operating conditions mentioned in the data sheet are at the compressor suction and discharge nozzles.

The starting conditions for the driven equipment shall be controlled through VFD (when specified)
on the basis of conditions given in this specification. Purchaser will provide a 132kV power supply
arrangement up to primary terminals of Converter Transformer (supplied by the Compressor Manufacturer).
Minimum fault level at this location on 132kV system will be provided later.

The Voltage requirements and variations are as specified in Appendix-B5 & Section 7.12 of this requisition
and as per relevant Purchaser standards.
(3.2 COUPLINGS)
(3.2.2 Addition to API Clause chapter 1)
The couplings shall be of the dry, metallic flexible type, with reduced moment arrangement and removable
spacer. The design shall provide positive drive in case of a diaphragm pack failure.
The coupling guard shall be made of non-sparking material and shall have an oil drain for disposal of oil
leaking into the guard from the bearings. The leakage is to go back to the lube oil system instead of drain.
(3.3.2.6.1 Supplement to API Clause chapter1)

The base plate shall be furnished with accessible levelling pads for field levelling. 5-mm stainless steel shim
packs are required as minimum.
(3.3.2.3 Purchaser‟s Decision on API Clause)

Column mounting is required (non grout type base plate).
(3.3.2.5 Purchaser's Decision on API Clause)

The base plate shall be installed on a concrete foundation.
Machined mounting pads are required.
(3.4. Controls and Instrumentation of chapter 1)

Compressor control system with the associated accessories shall be in Vendor‟s scope (Refer Appendix-E1
for details).
(3.4.1.1 Purchaser's Decision on API Clause)

Vendor shall supply UCP (Unit Control Panel) for each compressor. Vendor shall coordinate with Contractor
/MIV Vendors to interface necessary digital and analogue signals between UCP and DCS/FCS/IPS/other
SP 2054 Revision: 3
systems. Vendor shall provide all necessary information & data, cooperation & overall control system design
to the Contractor /MIV vendor to ensure proper, safe and efficient monitoring, control and safeguarding of
compressors.
(3.4.1.2 Supplement to DEP Clause)

Instrumentation and connections shall be as specified in this specification.

Compressor capacity control shall be achieved by varying speed. Other means such as suction throttling and
by-passing are not acceptable.
Unless otherwise specified, every compressor shall be controlled by discharge pressure.
(3.4.2.3 New clause chapter 1)

The VFD (where specified) range shall cover the speed range for all operating scenarios for 25 year
operation and in conformity to the clause.

Local instrument panel(s), or frame, for mounting of all transmitters and junction boxes shall be provided.

Where specified on data sheets for specific items, pressure gauges shall be provided. Also, transmitters with
built-in local indicators shall be provided.

First out annunciation shall be provided by the Contractor in the DCS/FCS.

The characteristics of electric power supplies shall be as specified in this specification.

The hazardous area classification shall be as specified in this specification.
(3.4.7 Vibration, Position and Bearing Temperature Detectors: Supplement to API clause Chapter1)
Vibration and axial position probes and proximitors shall be supplied, installed and calibrated in accordance
with API 670, as amended by DEP 32.31.09.31- Gen.
(3.5 PIPING AND APPURTENCES)
(3.5.1 GENERAL)
(3.5.1.2 Supplement to clause API Clause chapter 1)

A base plate is required for equipment and piping covered under clause 3.5.1.3.

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Separate manifolds for seal gas & separation gas/air systems are required. The Vendor shall provide the
connection for buffer-gas manifold facility, which may be installed at a later stage if required.

Provision for bypassing bearings and seals (if applicable) during the flushing shall be made. Provisions shall
include a temporary flat screen at each oil supply point. These screens shall be suitable as backing for
inserted white filter paper targets.

Auxiliary piping shall also comply with project specification.

Process gas piping is not required. It is clarified that inter connecting process piping shall be provided by
others in accordance with technical details to be provided by compressor vendor for equipment & systems. It
is the responsibility of the compressor vendor to check pressure drop calculations for upstream, downstream
and interstage / intercasing piping for all operating conditions

Compressor vendor shall participate in a piping arrangement review for piping, which may affect compressor
& equipment in its Scope of Supply.
(4.1GENERAL)
(4.1.4 Purchaser's Decision on API Clause)

Purchaser shall participate in all major mechanical running, performance, load tests, FAT, SIT, String Test,
equivalent tests, simulation tests for all major components of the train i.e. compressor, gearbox or variable
speed fluid coupling, synchronous motor, VFD (where specified), control system, DGS and major auxiliaries,
in addition to some major tests during fabrication .The exact participation shall be discussed in detail at the
time of kick off meeting in the post order scenario.
(4.3.6 Mechanical Running Test, Supplement to API clause chapter1)

The mechanical running test shall not be combined with the performance test. Mechanical running test shall
be applicable for all compressor main rotors and spare bundles/rotors.
(4.3.6.1.2 Purchaser's Decision on API Clause)

The API clause is applicable.
(4.3.6.1.3Purchaser's Decision on API Clause)

The API clause is applicable.
(4.3.6.1.5 Supplement to API clause chapter1)

The lube oil pressure and temperature variation during 4-hr test is required. Compressor vendor‟s FAT
procedure shall address precisely how Shell DEP requirements with respect to running at lube oil
SP 2054 Revision: 3
temperature extremes shall be fulfilled. During mechanical running unit shall be subjected to lube oil inlet
temperature of 60 deg C at least for a period of 1 hour to get sufficient data on train vibration and bearing
temperatures.
(4.3.8.5 Supplement to API Clause)

The spare bundles shall be tested first. The rotor shall be removed, inspected and reassembled after
completion of the tests. Only the bearings shall be inspected after the successful test of the second rotor.
The bundle assembly shall remain undisturbed.
Nominally, complete strip down required after 1st mechanical run test only i.e. test of spare rotor/bundle;
complete strip down after 2nd test, i.e. mechanical run test of service rotor / bundle, only if problematic
mechanical performance observed.
Internal seal rubs causing clearance changes that exceed the Vendor's new component tolerance shall be
considered cause for a retest. Any modification required on the spare bundle shall be done to the second
bundle prior to its testing.
In case of application, where a number of trains are involved, this clause is applicable for every compressor
train.
(4.3.8 Optional Tests)
(4.3.8.1 Performance test Supplement)

Performance tests shall be conducted at least for 1 train. For every additional train vendor shall indicate price
and delivery implications
(4.3.3.2 Supplement to Complete unit test –string test chapter 2)

This is required for at least one compressor train. String test shall be carried out at full speed range with
steps in line with Mechanical running test procedure. If this is found infeasible, it must at least cover the
entire operating range from minimum operating speed range to MCS. The stated speed limitations, if any,
shall be subject to the approval of Purchaser / Company. The implications of extension to additional trains
shall be described along with proposal showing commercial and delivery implications. This test shall be in
addition to the separate tests of individual components such as synchronous motor, VFD (where specified),
DGS, gearbox or variable speed fluid coupling (where specified), job lubrication system at their respective
manufacturers' shops. Lateral / torsional critical speed measurements shall be carried out during factory
testing.
(4.4 Supplement to API and DEP Clause)

Preparation for shipment shall be in accordance with relevant portion 12.3 of this specification.
1. In case of drive through arrangement involving two casings on single driver horizontally split LP casing and
barrel HP casing with downward nozzles shall be considered. For all similar pressure ratio applications (i.e
gaslift applications from 2 bar suction to 85 bar pressure) this philosophy shall be followed.
2. Preference is to have one single base plate for the entire train . However, if there are limitations due to
weight , size and transport , then vendor can offer multiple (maximum two) with bolting and doweling facility
to facilitate reliable alignment . Refer section 6.1.1.1 for further details.
7.8 Dry Gas Seals

(a) Unless otherwise specified, Compressor shaft end seals shall be self-acting tandem type with
intermediate labyrinth and barrier shaft sealing system and shall be in accordance with API 614 and DEP
31.29.60.32-Gen.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
(b) Unless otherwise specified, each dry gas seal shall be cartridge mounted, bi-directional and
interchangeable between DE and NDE side. The outboard seal shall be capable of acting as a backup
seal should the primary seal fail during operation and shall prevent gas leakage to the atmosphere.
(c) The dry gas seals shall be suitable for the maximum sealing pressure (static and dynamic) of the
respective compressors as determined by the compressor vendor. The seal shall be suitable for the
variation in suction pressure. Vendor shall furnish such pressure range accommodated in the seal
design. In static condition, the seal shall be suitable for the casing design pressure.
(d) Vendor shall indicate whether there is any need for external gas source to start compressor in black start
condition and indicate the pressure and flow requirements.
(e) Vendor shall advise where the seal gas supply shall be tapped. The primary seal gas and secondary seal
gas (if required) shall be process gas (i.e. compressor discharge gas). Any necessary pressure reduction
or temperature control equipment, knock-out vessel etc. required for the seal gas injection system shall
be provided by Vendor. The sealing system proposal shall include the:
i) The filter assembly shall have a continuous flow transfer valve. The differential pressure across the filter
shall be monitored through an indicating differential pressure transmitter. Additionally a pressure transmitter
shall be provided downstream of the filter.
ii) The complete seal gas supply system shall be made of stainless steel SS316L. The gas leakage from the
primary seal of each compressor shall be manifolded and connected to a flare header on the skid. The
purchaser will provide one flare connection.
iii) Two spare tappings in each vent line shall be provided for additional instrumentation. The gas leakage
from the backup seals of each compressor shall be vented to a vent header on the skid. The purchaser will
provide one connection to a safe location.
iv) The vendor shall provide adequate number of check valves (non-return valves) in the flare and vent
manifolds to prevent undesirable back-flow effects. Whole system needs to be designed to facilitate safe
venting of primary & secondary seal leakage without undue pressure build-up & countermeasures against
flare header backpressure.
v) The separation air system for bearing (with associated piping, valves, controls and instruments) to
separate bearing chamber with dry gas seal housing shall be provided by Vendor.
vi) Flame arrestors for primary seal leakage and secondary seal leakage shall be installed in the vent and
flare headers.
vii) Residual unbalance limits of the seal assemblies shall be specified by the Vendor, but shall not exceed
the requirements of ISO 1940 Class G1.The seal gas and buffer gas consumption shall be minimized to the
quantity required for keeping the primary and secondary seals cool.
viii) Vendor shall state in the proposal the expected gas leakages over the primary and secondary seals
during normal operation.
ix) Vendor shall guarantee the gas leakage at normal operating conditions not to exceed the limits as
indicated in his proposal. There shall be provision to shut-off the buffer gas supply to the secondary seal for a
period sufficient to measure the actual primary seal leakage.
x) The contract seals shall be installed during shop testing, including the compressor gas leakage test (API
617 paragraph 4.3.5).
xi) The gas leakage during static condition shall be monitored and shall not exceed the limits as specified in
the purchase order.
xii) Witnessed seal performance tests and static tests shall be performed in seal Vendor‟s shop. The test
procedure shall be included in the proposal.
xiii) The seal gas panels shall be mounted off the compressor skid and shall be designed to the seal
manufacturer‟s standard and shall include a coalescing dual filter, with filtration requirement specified by the
seal manufacturer. The dry gas seal panel shall be a free standing panel with engraved schematics
identifying the various components. The panel shall be at a convenient location, possibly away from the
compressor, in order not to give hindrance for accessing compressor, compressor coupling and
instrumentations for the purpose of maintenance. The location shall be subject to approval by Purchaser. The

SP 2054 Revision: 3
interconnecting cabling / piping between dry gas seal panel and compressor skid shall be loose supplied by
Vendor.
xiv) The junction boxes / rack shall be suitably positioned on-skid edge. The layout shall be reviewed and
approved by Company / Contractor. This shall ensure clear access space (of about 2 meters around the
compressor and voith coupling or Gear Box. The interconnecting cabling/piping shall be supplied as loose
supply by Vendor. The layout of such piping/cabling shall be reviewed and approved during order execution
stage and the material supply of cabling/piping shall suit such approved layout arrangement.
Dry Gas Seals and support system – Additional Technical Requirements
1) Entire dry gas seal system shall be made of SS316L construction only. SS316 is not acceptable.
2) Only piping to Shell piping class as per DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen shall be used for entire dry gas seal
support system. Tubing shall not be used.
3) Any electrical tracing; if required for seal gas supply line to primary seal shall be supplied with required
insulation by Vendor.
4) It is recommended to tap seal gas from compressor intermediate stage (impeller) or from compressor
discharge contained within the compressor skid.
5) The balance (equalising) line in the dry gas seal system shall be provided with flow transmitter and not
just flow orifice.
6) All the sub-suppliers for dry gas seal and support system components shall be as per PDO Approved
vendor list.
7) Only transmitters shall be used in dry gas seal system. Switches shall not be used anywhere in the
package.
8) Bearing housing separation seal shall be purged with instrument quality air. IA supplied by others.
Duplex filters with changeover valve, differential pressure transmitter, control valve, flow orifice, pressure
indicating transmitters (PAH start permissive and PAL alarm), PZALL on instrument air line shall be
included within the skid and shall be supplied by bidder.
9) Nitrogen shall not be used as buffer gas for secondary seal or tertiary seal.
10) Intermediate labyrinth between primary and secondary seal shall be provided with provision to inject
buffer gas in future.
11) Process Seal gas to primary seal, leakage gas to secondary seal and instrument air to bearing housing
separation seal shall be the seal support system configuration.
12) Material for springs in dry gas seal shall be minimum Inconel X750.
7.9 Lubrication System
Explanatory notes on Lubrication system

a.Cases with standard gear box & fixed speed motor with or without Variable frequency drive
arrangement
1. The main oil pump shall be shaft driven installed on the Gearbox shaft/gear.
2. Auxiliary pump shall be electric motor driven mounted on lube oil skid.
3. Since main pump is connected to main shaft of Voith , there is no necessity to have an
overhead rundown tank , since the pump shall be sized to take care of coast down
requirements of the train .
4. The lube reservoir shall be mounted on a separate skid with level difference so maintained so
as to have adequate NPSH availability for the shaft driven main pump. Compressor layout
shall address this aspect.
b. Cases with Voith standard coupling with built in gears or Vorecon for power transmission
from Motor to Compressor
The working oil sump shall be part of coupling casing
1. The main oil pump shall be shaft driven installed on the Voith/ Vorecon
2. Auxiliary pump shall be electric motor driven mounted on lube oil skid.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
3. Since main pump is connected to main shaft of Voith , there is no necessity to have an
overhead rundown tank , since the pump shall be sized to take care of coast down
requirements of the train .
4. The lube reservoir shall be mounted on a separate skid with level difference so maintained
so as to have adequate NPSH availability for the shaft driven main pump. Compressor
layout shall address this aspect.
c. Lube Oil System – Additoinal Technical Requirements

1. Entire lube oil system shall be made of SS316L construction only. SS316 is not acceptable.
2. Only piping to Shell piping class as per DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen shall be used for entire lube oil
system. Tubing shall not be used.
3. Only transmitters shall be used in lube oil system. Switches shall not be used anywhere in the
package.
4. PG/TG/FG on lube oil supply and return to/from each bearing of compressor/gear/motor shall be
supplied by bidder as per requirements specified in API 614 and DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen.
5. Lube oil tank shall be provided with LAH alarm and LZALL trip independent level transmitters.
6. For stand-alone lube oil system; auxiliary lube oil pump shall be horizontal type.
7. Individual relief valve shall be provided for each lube oil pump; if positive displacement pump type
is used.
8. Lube oil supply header shall include TZAHH, 3 Nos. PZAHH (2 oo 3 logic).
9. Lube oil accumulators; if required shall be supplied by Vendor.
The Lube oil system for compressors driven through fixed speed ratio gear box and or VFD shall be
designed, manufactured, tested and supplied strictly in accordance with API 614, fourth edition, April 1999
except as modified by DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen, this specification and data sheets. Please refer to 7.11 for an
integral lubrication system when the train employs a variable speed fluid coupling or variable speed planetary
gear ( Vorecon).
(a) The compression train shall be provided with a common lube oil system for the lube oil requirements of
compressor, gearbox or variable speed fluid coupling ( when specified) and main electric motor. The lube
oil system shall comprise of lube oil skid and lube oil cooler. The lube oil skid shall be situated adjacent
to the compression train. The oil reservoir shall be suitably designed to minimize the elevation difference
required between the lube oil skid and compressor skid. Vendor shall advise proposed position of lube
oil skid relative to the compressor skid and indicate relative elevations anticipated.
(b) The lube oil system shall comprise of lube oil skid and 1x 100% lube oil cooler. Thermal rating of the air-
cooled heat exchangers is to be based on a maximum air temperature of 50 C at 125% of rated mass
throughput for the worst design case (highest flow rate). Cooler sizing by the Vendor is to be included in
the post-order documentation. For detailed design consideration of air cooled exchangers, please refer to
the clause 7.11.
(c) The lube oil system shall facilitate safe shutdown of machine train should total electrical failure occur and
design shall safeguard machine integrity in such an event.
(d) If the top of the reservoir is 1 m or more above grade, provision for a ladder with extended handrails for
clear access shall be considered.
(e) The entire lube oil system including lube oil tank lube oil cooler, lube oil filters and lube oil piping shall be
of SS 316L material.
(f) The lube and working oil for machinery train shall be preferably Shell Telles 46 (ISO VG 46) or
equivalent.
Amendments/Supplements to API 614

All requirements specified in the following paragraphs are amendments/supplements to API 614, fourth
edition, April 1999. The paragraphs (as noted in parentheses) correspond to those in API 614. Paragraphs
not mentioned in this specification remain unchanged. Paragraph numbers used in this specification, which
do not appear in API 614, are new paragraphs.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
(CHAPTER 2: SPECIAL PURPOSE OIL SYSTEMS)
(1.1.22 Supplement to API Clause)

An emergency rundown tank shall be provided where both oil pumps (main and stand-by pump) are driven by
an electric motor. The capacity of rundown tank shall be suitable to meet maximum lube oil requirement
during coast down time of the compressor train. However capacity of the rundown tank shall meet
requirements as per API 614 as a minimum. The vendor shall furnish the required lube oil quantity and the
capacity of the tank offered. Rundown tank shall be supported by its own structure, which may be included
later into the sunshade structure provided by the purchaser.
(1.3 OIL RESERVOIRS)

(1.3.8 Supplement to API clause)
Reservoir (and lube oil piping) shall be fitted with personnel protection where operating temperature exceeds
60 C. The requirements of personnel protection shall be in accordance with DEP 30.46.00.31-Gen.
Sampling connection with a valve shall be provided on the pump suction end of the oil tank at the level of the
bottom of the suction pipe.
(1.4 PUMPS AND DRIVERS)

(1.4.1 Clarification on API Clause)
Horizontal rotary screw three-spindle pumps (IMO or Allweiler) shall be used complete with mechanical seals.
(1.4.4 Amendment to API Clause)

Rotary pumps shall conform to API 676 – 2nd edition.
(1.4.5 Supplement to API Clause)

Each pump shall have its own driver. The main and standby pump shall be electric motor driven.
(1.4.12 Amendment to API Clause)

Pump drivers shall be sized according to the applicable API/DEP pump standard or to the conditions given in
paragraph 1.4.12.1 and 1.4.12.2 of API 614 whichever requires the larger driver.
(1.5 COOLERS)
Air-cooled fin fan cooler shall be provided. Lube oil coolers shall be designed, manufactured, tested and
supplied strictly in accordance with ISO 13706, first edition, April 2000 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries
– Air Cooler Heat Exchangers”, except as modified by DEP 31.21.70.31-Gen., this specification (section
5.14) and the data sheets included in Appendix-B2.
(1.6 FILTERS)
(1.6.1.10 Purchaser‟s decision on API clause)
Filter vents shall be piped back to oil reservoir through visual flow indicators.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
(1.9 OVERHEAD TANKS)

The emergency run-down tank shall be of the atmospheric pressure type (figure 2A-13A) with continuous
flow through provision. The tank vent shall be piped back to the oil reservoir in order to prevent dust from
entering the tank. Alternatively, the vendor may propose a pressurized tank (fig.2A-13B).
The overhead tank shall have an adequate manway (min. 600 mm diameter) for cleaning, located close to
the tank bottom. If this is not practical because of a small tank diameter, the top of the tank shall be
removable.
(2 PIPING)
(2.2.1 Add to API Clause)
All piping shall be seamless stainless steel in accordance with AISI 316 L as per piping class 13430 of DEP
31.38.01.15-Gen.
(2.6 Add new Clause)

Oil piping shall be sufficiently flexible to allow for thermal expansion without imposing significant loads on
bearing housings and allow the machine freedom of movement for alignment purposes. A short length of
flexible hose connecting to drain lines larger than 50 mm diameter may be considered. The flexible hose
material shall be resistant to aging in tropical environment and shall be protected by a woven stainless steel
mesh overlay.
A valve oil sampling connection shall be provided in an accessible location downstream of the filter
(3. INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS)

(Supplement to API Clause)
a) Instrumentation, control and installation shall conform to requirements specified in this specification.
b) Block valves shall also be included for lines containing shutdown-sensing devices.
c) Transmitters and sensing connections for control, alarm and trip functions shall be separate.
d) Local panel or instrument frame mounted on the lube oil skid edge shall be suitable for mounting of all
transmitters.
e) No process-activated switches shall be used, for control, only 4-20mA transmitters with superimposed
HART protocol in case of interface with DCS or Fieldbus transmitters( ITK 4.0X(latest Revision) in case of
interface with FCS shall be used. If FF transmitters are not available, 4-20mA transmitters with superimposed
HART protocol shall be used. Control or protection set points shall be configured in the units Control or
Safeguarding System, depending on the measurement requirement.
f) All transmitters shall have built-in local indicators.
g) All process isolation valves for instrument tappings shall be monoflange type, in accordance with PDO
document SP-1089. All transmitters shall be mounted on a local instrument frame with well-supported and
protected process tubing or temperature wiring to their process connections.
h) Instruments shall be mounted in such a way that their local indicators are easily visible when standing in
front of the frame.
i) A sunshade shall be mounted on top of the instrument frame, If required
j) All instrument wiring shall be terminated in junction box mounted on the local instrument frame.
k) Relief valves shall be in accordance with the project specification and shall be furnished by the Vendor.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.10 Gearbox Unit

Gearbox unit (when specified) shall be double helical, parallel shaft with separate thrust bearing/collar and
speed increasing type with fixed gear ratio suitably designed for the specified duty conditions. Single helical
design is not acceptable.
Vendor shall offer sufficient references for gearboxes with gear ratios more than 5. Vendor shall also have
references for comparable gearboxes in a VFD duty.
Gearbox unit shall be part of the Compressor drive transmission and shall be installed between main
synchronous Motor and the compressor.
Gearbox unit shall be designed, engineered, manufactured and tested as per API 613, 5th Edition and DEP
31.29.00.32- Gen (Nov 2003).
It is acknowledged that this Shell DEP references API 613, 4th edition. Conflicts shall be managed as
follows:
Where API 613, 5th edition material and contents is either identical or very similar to API 613, 4th edition,
then it shall be sensibly amended by Shell DEP 31.29.00.32-Gen.
 Any new material at API-613, 5th edition which is either significantly different from, or augments API-613,
4th edition, and is uncommented on at the Shell DEP, should take precedence & be appropriately
incorporated into the design, but without prejudice to Purchaser technical & commercial interests nor
long term machinery integrity. In any case, the Vendor is requested to highlight any proposed deviations
from these standards & also highlight any design changes & improvements, which emanate from
implementation of API-613, 5th edition.
 Gear selection factor shall take due cognisance of the VFD torsional / pulsational effects.
7.11 Variable Speed fluid coupling option

The variable speed gear coupling ( when specified) shall be provided to couple the electric motor driver with
the compressor. The coupling may be standard fluid coupling or may be variable speed planetary gear (
VSPG) type to suit the application in accordance with the compressor Project specification.
The coupling shall serve dual-purpose viz. stepping up the speed to meet required compressor speed and
speed variation based on process load variation.
The variable speed gear coupling shall combine the mechanical gears and a hydrodynamic variable speed
coupling in a common housing.
During short process shutdown of the compressor, the compressor shall be de-coupled from the driver by
running the coupling in de-coupled condition. During this condition, the drive motor shall continue to run in
no-load condition. The variable speed gear coupling will have provision to run in de-coupled condition.
Common lube oil system provided for compressor and main motor lubrication shall also provide lube oil for
the coupling. The working oil system shall be integral to the fluid coupling, complete with reservoir, oil pumps
and filters. A free standing working oil cooler shall be provided.
For lubrication of the compressor , driver motor and variable speed fluid coupling , a shaft driven pump
mounted on the variable speed coupling shaft shall be supplied . The pump shall be designed to avoid the
need for the overhead tank. Proposal shall clearly state the requirements of any overhead tank during the
coast down on account of any trip condition . The other requirements about the reservoir sizing shall be in
accordance with API 614 and the relevant DEP. During the coast down , the main shaft driven shall take care
of the need of the train bearings. Vendor shall describe in detail the proposal for the integrated system lube
oil reservoir , its mounting , capacity , working oil requirement and other aspects for an orderly shutdown or
an emergency situation of process trip.
The lubricating oil reservoir whether it will be mounted underneath the Fluid coupling within the confines of
the base plate or separately mounted shall be described in the proposal . Reservoir sizing calculations shall
be provided for verification. In addition to the main shaft driven pump there shall be provision for motor driven
auxiliary pump for the purpose of start up and also to meet lubrication requirement should there be a fall in
the header pressure

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Integrated lube oil system contained within the Voith Vorecon shall comply to API 614 and DEP 31.29.60.32-
Gen to the extent possible. Exceptions could be shaft driven main lube oil pump and vertical auxiliary lube oil
pump and any other deviations agreed mutually between Company and Voith.
Lube / Working oil piping system shall be made of stainless steel SS316L
The necessary controls in terms of lube oil pressure/temperature, scoop tube positioning to match speed
control signal received from Compressor MMS or MHMS or Purchaser‟s FCS shall be provided by Vendor.
The local panel for voith shall be local indication panel provided with transmitters and digital indicators.
Logic PLC and associated hardware (cartridge valve with bypass upstream of torque convertor) to ensure
slow roll of compressor in order to safeguard the dry gas seals and ensure motor is kept running during
Compressor Process Shutdown shall be supplied by Vendor. The Overspeed protection implementation is to
be included in same PLC
In case depletion compression projects where Voith Vorecon is associated, Vendor shall provide a torque
limiter to restict speed limit in early years of operation.
7.12 Air Coolers
7.12.1 General
The Vendor‟s scope for each air-cooled heat exchanger shall meet the requirements specified in this
specification and on the data sheets.
7.12.2 Design Requirements

Air coolers shall be horizontal type, forced draught and shall be designed, manufactured, tested and supplied
strictly in accordance with ISO13706, 1st edition “Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Air Cooler Heat
Exchangers”, except as modified by DEP 31.21.70.31-Gen., this specification and the data sheets included in
Appendix-B2.
The hysis simulation for the compressor process system shall be provided by PDO to vendor. This shall
include gas composition and design (pressure/temperature) at various process sections with respective input
from vendor on inter-stage.
Vendor‟s scope shall include process design /datasheet for gas coolers clearly identifying size, internals. and
recommended material of construction. Material selection shall be provided by PDO for review by vendor.
Vendor shall be involved in review/comment of detailed construction drawing of the coolers to ensure
compliance to specified process design.
Air-cooled heat exchangers shall comply with the following requirements:
 Thermal rating of the air cooled heat exchangers is to be based on a maximum air temperature of 50C
at 125% rated mass throughput for the worst design case (highest flow rate). The vendor shall specify
maximum possible duty at 60C and 5C ambient. Cooler sizing by the Vendor is to be included in the
post-order documentation.
 The normal summer and winter temperatures shall be 50C & 20 C with approach temperature of 10 C
 All coolers must facilitate safe operation of compression train at ambient temperature up to 60C.
 Air coolers shall be designed for 3 fans per bay. Quantity and capacity of fans shall be 3x50% (Two fans
working and one fan stand-by to achieve the desire cooling at an ambient temperature of 50C. If the
ambient temperature exceeds 50C then the third fan shall be able to cut in as necessary to achieve the
desired cooling).
 Fan drive shall be by electric motor in accordance with SP-1119, DEP 33.66.05.31-Gen and the electric
motor data sheets included in Appendix-B5. Drivers shall have a power rating of 25% in excess of fan
required power at design conditions, or for the fan required power at minimum ambient temperature,
whichever is higher.
 Fans shall be driven by V-belts and pulleys. Belt design with teeth shall be considered. Only matched
belt sets may be used if multiple belts are needed.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Fan tip speed shall not exceed 61 m/s.

 Tube bundles shall have replaceable finned tubes, with full accessibility for inspection, cleaning and
replacing. Maximum unsupported length of tubes shall be 1.8 m.
 Each oil cooler tube bundle shall be provided with 1½ inch valve drain and vent connections.
 All elevated working locations shall be equipped with at least two escape routes in separate directions.
These shall be located as far apart as possible.
 Two accelerometers with signal conditioning unit wired to a central location shall be provided on each
fan. One accelerometer is to be fitted on the fan motor and one on the fan bearing assembly. The
accelerometer selected shall be suitable for the operating frequency range of the fan.
 Fan hub bearing lubrication is by grease at grade level.
 Air coolers shall be provided with an even number of passes. The outlet header shall be on the lower
section of the cooler.
 Environmental factors affecting airside design are covered in Appendix A1 of this specification.
 Fans equipped with pneumatically actuated, automatically controlled pitch adjustment of blades shall not
be used.
 Loads for pipe supports shall be considered in structural design load.
 The fins for the air cooler tubes shall be of extruded type.
 The number of fins per meter shall be maximum 394.
 The air cooler mechanical design pressure shall correspond to the relief valve pressure.
 The mechanical design of air cooler shall be as per ASME Sec VIII and DEP 31.22.20.31-Gen. the cooler
shall be provided with U-stamp.
 50 mm square mesh arrangement (for bird guarding) shall be provided for all air coolers.
 Lube oil cooler and working oil cooler with turbulators are acceptable. For lower heat loads, the lube oil
and working oil cooler can be combined and share the same cooling fans. For applications with large
heat loads the working oil and lube oil cooler shall be separte with their own cooling fans.
Special Design Requirements for Lube oil Cooler:
 Lube oil cooler shall be designed for 3 fans per bay. Quantity and capacity of fans shall be 3x50% (Two
fans working and one fan stand-by to achieve the desired cooling at an ambient temperature of 50 C. In
the event of cooler outlet temperature rises to the alarm level, third fan shall be able to cut in to achieve
the desired cooling).
 The capacity control shall be through oil temperature control system, as required, via bypass valve. The
motor supplied shall be On/Off type.
Exceptions and Clarifications to ISO 13706/DEP 31.21.70.31-Gen

Below are the decisions already taken by the Purchaser. In some cases the decision is made in DEP
31.21.70.31-Gen (Amendments/Supplements to ISO 13706). The paragraph numbers are those as defined in
ISO 13706, 1st edition.
5.8 The Vendor shall submit along with his proposal, a completed noise data sheet. Noise level shall not
exceed 87 dBA, at 1 m distance from the cooler fans.
5.9 The Vendor‟s proposal shall contain the performance curves of the fan.
6.1.4 The Vendor shall submit all welding procedures and qualifications, for approval of the Purchaser,
before the start up of fabrication.
7.1.1.12 Delete this clause.
7.1.3.1 The design temperature for pressure parts shall be proposed by the Vendor, as per his design.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.1.4 Tube bundle design pressure shall be proposed by the Vendor, as per his design.
7.1.6.1.1 For design suitability of the headers, the Vendor shall take into consideration alternative cases of
operations, such as low process flow at low ambient temperature, loss of fans due to power failure,
compressor recycle mode, etc.
7.1.6.2.3 Through bolts shall be used for cover plates.
7.1.11.2 The tube bundle shall be properly supported to prevent the tubes from sagging.
7.2.3.1 Three fans, each of 50% capacity, shall be provided.
7.2.3.5 Fan tip speed shall not exceed 61 m/s. However, it may be reduced further, if noise levels exceed the
specified levels of 87 dBA, at 1 m distance.
7.2.9 Two Vibration probes shall be provided on each cooler fan for high vibration alarm/trip.
7.2.10 Provision of louvers for flow control is not acceptable.
10.3.1 Hydrostatic test shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section VIII Division 1 or
Division 2, and the applicable DEP.
10.3.6 Delete this clause.
If design considerations have not been taken to ensure that natural frequency of fans does not coincide with
natural frequency of air cooler structure, trial assembly of one bay for shop running and vibration tests shall
be carried out.
7.13 Scrubbers
The hysis simulation for the compressor process system shall be provided by PDO to vendor. This shall
include gas composition and design (pressure/temperature) at various process sections with respective input
from vendor on inter-stage.
Vendor‟s scope shall include process design /datasheet for scrubbers clearly identifying size, internals. and
recommended material of construction. Material selection shall be provided by PDO for review by vendor.
Vendor shall be involved in review/comment of detailed construction drawing of the scrubbers to ensure
compliance to specified process design.
Process Design
 Process design of suction scrubber shall be carried out by Vendor based on the inlet gas data provided
in Appendix-B1 for the specified rated inlet gas flow rate. The vendor shall also provide process design
for the scrubber internals.
 The design of scrubbers along with internals and nozzle sizes shall be carried out in accordance with
DEP 31.22.05.11-Gen – Gas / Liquid separators – Type, selection and design rules.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 All scrubbers shall be vertical type separators fitted with "Schoepentoeter" inlet device and demister mat
on the gas outlet as a minimum. The requirements shall be decided based on DEP 31.22.05.11-Gen.
 Liquid hold up time for automatic control and before shutdown shall be in accordance with requirements
specified in DEP 31.22.05.11-Gen.The requirements shall be indicated in the GA drawing to be
submitted along with the bid by Vendor.
 The Vendor shall confirm the adequacy of the specified scrubber design type to prevent fine droplets in
the gas from going to the compressor.
Mechanical Design
 The mechanical design, fabrication and testing of the scrubbers shall be carried out in accordance with
ASME Sec VIII DIV-2 and DEP 31.22.20.31-Gen.
 Materials for vessels subject to low temperature during blow down / depressurisation shall be selected in
accordance with DEP 30.10.02.31-Gen.
 Required design life of the scrubbers shall be 30 years.
 The Equipment shall be Code Stamped to ASME SEC.VIII DIV-2
 Nozzles shall not be less than 2 inch NB. All vessel connections shall be flanged to ANSI B 16.5 WN RF
smooth finish. Instrument connections generally shall be flanged ANSI class 300 as a minimum, unless
otherwise specified.
 Removable piping spools shall be installed on the top nozzle in the head, or the lowest nozzle in the
base, of all knockout vessels or scrubbers to permit the facility of additional purging/venting during
maintenance.
 Inspection holes shall not be less than 6 inch NB. Vessel internals shall be bolted and it must be possible
to withdraw the internals.
 The suction scrubbers shall be designed for the settle out pressure of the respective compressor. Any
change in settle out pressure at post order stage will not have any cost impact to PDO.
 Vendor shall establish minimum blow down temperature, & materials selection shall account for all other
pressure & temperature extremes, & fluid properties.
 Ladders, stairways and platforms shall be provided by Vendor
7.14 Electrical Equipment
7.14.1 General
The electrical system, equipment and installations for the Compressor Package shall be designed, integrated
and manufactured in accordance with the Project Specifications (PSERD‟s), PDO Standards, Shell DEP,
datasheets and Single Line Diagram as appended to this specification.
All field mounted electrical equipment and installations in the process area except the transformer, VFD
(where specified) , harmonic filters or cooling / chiller units (where specified) shall be designed for Hazardous
Area Classification Zone 2, Gas group IIB and temperature class T3.
Electrical protection for the Power/Converter transformer and motor shall be designed by the bidders as per
Purchasers standard specifications. This protection will be supplied as part of the VFD (where specified)
System.
All necessary control, protection, metering, alarm, indications for the synchronous motor excitation system
shall be by the compressor Vendor, and shall be provided in the excitation system control panel.
7.14.2 LV Auxiliary Motors

The LV Induction motors for Compressor auxiliaries shall be selected in accordance with the requirements of
load characteristics, process requirements and the operational duty of the driven equipment. The selected
motor shall be highly reliable, efficient and of rugged design.
Motors shall be designed for a maximum temperature of 55 deg C, in accordance with SP-1103.
The Vendor shall provide all the necessary items and services required for successful operation of the
system, meeting requirements of Shell DEPs and Purchaser Standards mentioned in clause 2.0. The above
description under the Scope is meant merely to give a broad outline expected to be provided by the Vendor.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LV Induction Motor shall meet the minimum requirements but not limited to the following:
 Main and Auxiliary Terminal boxes with cable glands
 Bearing system
 Anti-condensation heaters as required
 Suitable coupling and guard
 Base frame
 Interface Box, Local control box housing start/ stop buttons, local/remote, Inhibit/ Permissive switches,
etc. as required
LV Motors, located in classified Zone-2 Area, shall have type of protection „n‟, in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 3.3 of DEP 33.64.10.10-Gen. Inherently non-sparking equipment e.g. junction boxes
etc. shall have type of protection „n‟. Inherently sparking equipment shall have type of protection „d‟ or „p‟.
Machines shall be fitted with bonding straps across joints within or between the main enclosure, the bedplate
and heat exchanger. Internal framework, e.g. air guides, shall be such that no sparking can occur across
joints.
Motor insulation shall be of Class F with temperature rise limited to that of Class-B.
All motors shall be provided with an RCU, consisting of Start/Stop Pushbuttons & Ammeter. Local Stop
pushbutton shall be lockable.
All motors except for those indicated to have a variable frequency drive, will be „Direct On Line (DOL)‟
starting type. The Contractor will provide starters for the auxiliary motors in their respective LV MCCs.
Some of the fin-fan cooler LV Motors may be controlled through Variable Frequency Drives (VFD). Vendor
shall provide all electrical equipment of VFD system including Transformer, Drive Panel/ controller. The VFD
System for Fin-fan motors will be located in LV Switchgear Room. The Contractor, will provide suitable power
feeder for the VFD panels in their respective LV MCCs.
Motors, which are mounted above grade, e.g. fin-fan cooler motors, and controlled from grade level for
operational convenience, shall have safety switches located near the motors.
7.14.3 HV SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS

The compressor motor shall be a synchronous machine with brushless exciter and designed for 3Phase,
Variable frequency power supply fed from the 132kV system through converter transformer & VFD ( where
specified ). Transient drop during motor starting from the nominal voltage of 132kV shall not exceed the
permissible limits. Hence the following boundary conditions at 132kV bus shall be applicable.
Machines shall be fitted with bonding straps across joints within or between the main enclosure, the bedplate
and heat exchanger. Internal framework, e.g. air guides, shall be such that no sparking can occur across
joints.
Compressor motor starting current, starting power factor chosen to limit the voltage drop during motor starting
and running conditions at the motor terminals, and at the common Bus shall comply with the following Table
data as per PDO standards.
During motor start During steady state
Common Bus 85% 95%
Motor terminals 80% (*) 95%
(*)- preferred value is indicated. Considering the fact that these motors are fed from Converter
Transformers, this value may be relaxed, subject to meeting the starting torque requirements of
the motor.
A minimum fault current as highlighted in Compressor project specifications shall be considered for the motor
starting study, with normal voltage. Capacity, rating and the various parameters of the unit/converter
transformer and the compressor motor, chosen by the Vendor, will be subject to the approval of the
Purchaser.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
The compressor package vendor shall ensure that motor starting under the following conditions are
satisfactory & meets the minimum torque / voltage requirements.
 Pressurized condition (during start-up and restart scenario)

 Starting of compressor starting with specified number of compressors already running (future condition).
In case of failure of AC power driven Lube oil pumps, overhead run down tank (when lube system designed
to API 614 lubrication & shaft sealing system) will automatically come into operation. Bidders shall indicate
the maximum safe running time of the emergency run-down tank after failure of primary lube oil pump.
In addition to the information to be provided as per DEP the rating plates shall have Purchaser‟s purchase
order or Project Contract number.
The Stator windings shall be insulated using full Vacuum Pressure Impregnation Method. (ref. SP-1119
section 2.6)
The Manufacturer shall determine the size of cables.
Terminal boxes of sturdy construction shall be provided, with sufficient space for connecting the cables. The
Manufacturer shall demonstrate that cable(s) can be terminated safely and correctly.
The brushless type exciter, DAVR and its controlling system shall meet the requirements of DEP
33.65.11.31.
HV synchronous motor shall be designed to limit starting current<4 times the rated current or smaller.
Starting of motor shall consider worst of the scenario i.e. Settle out pressure advised by PDO or pressure
after the partial depressurization of trains (i.e. from settling out pressure to nominal inlet pressure of the
compressors or less than this value in order to reduce the starting torque for Electric Motor).
7.14.4 Unit Transformer ( where applicable)
The Unit transformer shall comply with the requirements in the specification SP 1117 and standard DEP
33.65.40.31 and complete with but not limited to the following:
The vendor shall select the rating and sizing of Unit Transformer. The primary voltage of Unit Transformer
shall be 132kV or 33 kV based on project specifications. Based on the motor starting study/calculations, the
Vendor shall design the Unit Transformer configuration considering minimum fault level and meeting the
voltage requirements during starting and steady state conditions. (Type of tap changer being On / Off load
circuit tap changer).
Oil filled type power transformers with conservator shall be installed outdoors without sun protection shields
and shall be designed for a maximum ambient temperature of 55C. The Manufacturer shall submit
calculations to substantiate temperature rises of transformer. The secondary side neutral of the Unit
Transformer shall be resistance earthed.
The transformer shall equipped with ONAN cooling, (but designed and equipped so that fans can be fitted at
a later date to allow a minimum increase in rating of 25%) and provide with On / Off Load Circuit Tap
Changer (OCTC).
The primary and secondary windings shall be of copper and shall be brought out through suitably rated
bushings mounted in air insulated cable boxes with disconnecting chamber.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Voltage and Current transformers for the protection and & metering of the motor shall be located in the
secondary side terminal/ cable box of the transformer. Neutral current transformers as required shall be
provided.
The neutral on the secondary side of the transformer shall be brought out to a separate neutral terminal box
mounted on the transformer tank. The neutral CTs (free issue to the vendor) shall be mounted in this terminal
box and the secondary of the CT terminals shall be brought out to another separate terminal box. The neutral
CT for Restricted Earth Fault (REF) protection shall be mounted before bifurcation to earth.
The transformer tank, radiators and conservator shall be designed to withstand full vacuum. Transformer tank
shall have provision for fixing cable trays/ cables required for transformer mounted instruments. Marshalling
box for the OTI & WTI shall be provided at suitable location of the transformer. Buchholz relays with both
alarm and trip contacts shall be provided.
Pressure relief device (e.g. Qualitrol) shall be fitted on the tank cover. The silica gel breather shall have a
glass cover.
7.14.5 Converter Transformers ( where applicable)

The transformer (when specified) will be located outdoors, away from the compressor location, in non-
hazardous area.
Transformer cooling method shall be ONAN. The transformer shall comply with the requirements of SP-1117
and DEP 33.65.40.31-Gen. (with exception of preferred voltage ratios and impedance), and Transformer
Data /Requisition sheets attached in Appendix-B5.
The transformers shall comply with the requirements in the specification SP 1117 and standard DEP
33.65.40.31 as well as the following:
Since the Contractor will provide power at 132kV, the Vendor shall design the electrical distribution system
such that 132kV Power can directly be fed to the Converter transformers.
The vendor shall select the rating and sizing of the Transformers. The primary voltage of Converter
Transformer shall be 132kV. Based on the motor starting study/calculations, the Vendor shall design the
system configuration considering minimum fault level and meeting the voltage requirements during starting
and steady state conditions.
Oil filled type converter transformers with conservator shall be installed outdoors without sun protection
shields and shall be designed for the maximum ambient temperature as specified. The Manufacturer shall
submit calculations to substantiate temperature rises of transformer. For Converter Transformer, Vendor shall
decide if any secondary neutral earthing is required.
The primary and secondary windings shall be of copper and shall be brought out through suitably rated
bushings mounted in air insulated cable boxes with disconnecting chamber. Voltage and Current
transformers for the protection and & metering of the motor shall be located in the secondary side
terminal/ cable box of the transformer.
The neutral on the secondary side of the transformer shall be brought out to a separate neutral terminal box
mounted on the transformer tank. The neutral CT‟s shall be mounted in this terminal box and the secondary
of the CT terminals shall be brought out to another separate terminal box. The neutral CT for Restricted Earth
Fault (REF) protection shall be mounted before bifurcation to earth.
The transformer tank, radiators and conservator shall be designed to withstand full vacuum. Transformer tank
shall have provision for fixing cable trays/ cables required for transformer mounted instruments. Marshalling
box for the OTI & WTI shall be provided at suitable location of the transformer. Buchholz relays with both
alarm and trip contacts shall be provided.
Pressure relief device (e.g. Qualitrol) shall be fitted on the tank cover. The silica gel breather shall have a
glass cover. The Converter transformers shall be designed for use with “Pseudo 24-pulse VFD Systems”.
Bidders shall indicate special features of converter transformer design so as to reduce harmonic generations.
7.14.6 Neutral Earthing Resistor

The Neutral Earthing resistor (if required) shall comply with the requirements outlined in this specification,
clause 2.3.9.4 of SP-1113, clause 2.1.4.6 of SP-1109 and IEEE-32 but not limited to the following.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
The vendor shall decide the requirement & rating of the Neutral Earthing Resistor (NER). The actual value to
which the earth fault current is limited should be sufficient to ensure reliable operation of the associated earth
fault protection.
NER shall be edge wound coil type, Nickel-Chromium stainless steel (non-corrosive, non-inductive, non-
magnetic) and shall be designed to withstand the currents flowing under fault condition for 10 sec. A
removable bolted link shall be provided in the high voltage connection to the resistor for testing purposes.
The NER cubicle shall be manufactured from unpainted grade 304 stainless steel. The degree of protection
shall be IP-54 with canopy for the whole unit. The interconnection between transformer neutral and NER shall
also be provided. Vendor shall submit the calculation and sizing of NER.
The neutral earthing resistor (NER) shall be of outdoor cubicle type. Resistors shall be of non-inductive type.
The grid resistor element shall be Nickel / Chrome alloy 59/16 (or) stainless steel. The grid shall be securely
supported at sufficient number of points so that no damage is caused to the grids due to vibrations and no
mechanical stresses are developed. Resistor elements shall be insulated from the supporting bars by mica
tubes. Grid elements shall be given a protective coat of suitable heat resistant paint, in the case of
Nickel/chrome alloy 59/16. All resistor elements comprising one stack shall be internally connected and end
terminals shall be brought out of enclosure in the terminal boxes.
The enclosure of the NER cubicle shall be completely weatherproof (IP 55 with canopy) suitable for outdoor
desert type application. Louvered openings shall be provided with fine galvanized wire mesh.
Terminal connection arrangement shall be provided on the enclosure for the incoming and outgoing
conductors. All terminals shall be insulated from the ground as well as from the body of the resistor.
The NER ratings shall be as follows:
 Rated Supply Voltage: 6.6/11/33kV
 Highest system voltage: 6.9/12/36kV
 Current: To be recommended by motor manufacture
 Duration: 10 Seconds
7.14.7 HV Switch Gear

The HV switchgear for harmonic filters and capacitor banks, shall comply with SP-1120 and DEP
33.67.51.31-Gen. HV Switchgear will be located inside electrical switch room, which will be provided with a
redundant HVAC system.
HV Switchgears will be indoor, continuous line up of free standing vertical panels, containing Vacuum/SF6
type circuit breakers, suitably rated for the system having adequate making and breaking capacities of rated
current and fault current. Switchgear design will be as per PDO standards and suitably sized so as to meet
the requirements of the Compressor motor drives. Switchgears shall have adequate number of outgoing
feeders for feeding power to Converter Transformers. All breaker feeders will be provided with required
number of CTs & PTs for metering and feeder protection features.
7.14.8 Variable Frequency Drive System ( where applicable )

VFD system (where applicable) for each compressor train shall be provided with individual de-ionised water
system as per enclosed schematic drawings. Please refer Appendix B8 Demineralised water schematic for
VFD case
The chillers must have Availability >99.97% and reliability of > 99.97% .
100% standby chiller system for the frequency converter per train shall be provided. This is applicable for the
entire chiller refrigerant circuit that includes refrigerant compressor, condenser, expansion loop and
evaporator.This shall be in accordance with
The VFD system for the large Synchronous motors shall comply with the requirements of DEP 33.66.05.33.
The VFD System shall accelerate the driven machine from standstill and run it upto rated or maximum speed
against the starting torque-speed curve and operate smoothly with load over the complete speed range
without any limitations under specified voltage and frequency variations.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
The drive must operate smoothly within the specified speed control range under automatic, closed-loop
speed control. Within the speed range, all rated values of torque, vibration & noise shall be guaranteed,
subject to tolerances allowed by IEC or IEEE, while the supply line parameters remain unchanged.
Line voltage drops upto 20% of rated voltage and interruptions upto 200msec shall not cause the drive
system to drop-out or have any adverse reaction except for a corresponding drop in speed. After return of line
voltage, the drive shall automatically be brought back to rated condition. Equipment necessary for the above
shall be included in scope.
During starting and running of the drives, the voltages both at motor terminals as well as at 132kV bus will
remain within acceptable limits as per DEP/SP.
During operation of the drive, the harmonic load on the supply bus and line shall not exceed the limits
specified in „IEEE-519:1992 – Harmonic Control‟ or equivalent International Standards. Vendor will submit
proper calculations to substantiate the harmonic generations.
The drive package shall consist of all equipments and components required to make up a functional system
performing the specified duty under specified conditions. The main components shall include but not be
limited to the following:
 Converter transformer – Outdoor type
 Frequency Converter (LCI, operating in pseudo 24-pulse) equipment including DC-link reactor – Indoor
type
 Closed loop converter cooling system (in case of water cooled system offered, bidder to specify the
requirements).
 Power factor improvement capacitors – Indoor type
 Harmonic Filter
Since main compressor HV Synchronous motor will be controlled through VFD with signals from Compressor
DCS/FCS, provisions for necessary starting/tripping interlocks shall be provided. Starting will require a
permissive signal from upstream 132kV feeder breaker. Similarly fault tripping shall generate potential free
contacts for tripping of upstream breaker.
Each VFD Drive will be provided with dedicated integrated closed loop DM water cooling system. The
system shall incorporate full redundancy in all equipment, e.g. circulating pumps, heat exchangers, sensors,
etc. The interface with the external cooling loop will be at the heat exchangers. External cooling systems are
to be provided by the vendor.
7.14.9 Cooling Water Chiller Systems ( where applicable)

Each VFD Drive shall be provided with dedicated closed loop cooling system preferred Air to Air (with fan
sparing capability of n+1). Should water cooling system be selected then each VFD shall have a 2x100%
capacity chilled water cooling system. Cooling system Scope will include all necessary pumps & fans and
chiller units, along with their controls, etc as required. Each chiller unit may be made up of a multiple chillers.
Cooling system for lube oil system and main HV motor shall not be combined.
7.14.10 Protection and Metering Panel

Protection and Metering Panels shall be in accordance with, SP-1103, SP–1107, SP-1120, DEP-33.64.10.10-
Gen and DEP 33.67.01.31 - Gen. Specification for LV Switchgear and control assemblies
System protection and metering shall be in accordance with SP-1107 Electrical Protection Systems as a
minimum.
The panel shall have provision for connection of current and voltage waveforms of all the phases to portable
Condition Monitoring Equipment outside the scope of this enquiry.
The protection scheme shall be submitted for review and approval of the purchaser with the tender.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.14.11 Remote Control Unit / Safety Switches

Each auxiliary motor shall be controlled via a Remote Control Unit (RCU) / Safety Switch. Remote control
units (RCU) and safety switches (SS) shall be in accordance with standards and requisition/data sheets
attached in Appendix-B5. Each RCU will be located near the respective motor in an area classified as
hazardous. Refer DEP 33.64.10.10-Gen., Clause 6.2.5 and SP-1103 section 2.17 for further details. All
RCUs and Safety Switches shall be supplied by Contractor.
7.14.12 Additional Requirements

In addition to above, the compressor vendor shall also comply with the following items:-
 Electric motors for auxiliaries shall comply with SP-1119 & DEP 33.66.05.31-Gen. and Data sheet
attached in Appendix-B5.
 All auxiliary electric motor drivers shall be started direct on line, except where specifically indicated
otherwise.
 For the HV motor and transformer the use of air insulated cable boxes is required. HV cables can be
terminated with dry type termination kits any alternative method of termination shall be subject to review/
approval of the purchaser. This shall be indicated in the tender.
 Neutral earthing resistor for the HV system shall be provided by the Vendor and shall be sized to limit the
earth fault current to such that does not damage the motor lamination and in the same time ensure
proper operation of earth fault protection in accordance with SP-1103 and SP-1109.
7.14.13 Earthing System

The complete package skid / structures shall be provided with an earthing and bonding system in accordance
with SP-1109. All equipment shall have a dedicated electrical connection to the skid common earth.
A plant earthing system will be provided by others. The equipment skid will be bonded to the plant earthing
system by a minimum of 2 diagonally opposite earthing points of the skid. The earthing bosses should be
fixed at the side of the base plate and as per STD-4-0304-004.
7.15 Instrumentation Equipment

The compressor shall be operated from Control Room. The instrument infrastructure shall be DCS/FCS
compatible . The control system infrastructure shall be High Speed Ethernet (HSE).
7.15.1 Machine Health Monitoring System (MHMS)

Note:- As MHMS repeted in 7.15.11, the first paragraph of this section has been shifted to 7.15 and the
second para shifted to 7.15.11
7.15.2 Hazardous Area Suitability

All instrumentation wiring signals shall be isolated from interference of power and control voltages through
the use of adequate shielding, insulation, and separation of cables. All solenoid valves in the field shall have
spark suppression diodes.
7.15.3 Proven Equipment

MMS or MHMS and Compressor Sequence Control and Safeguarding System panel and anti-surge controller
panel shall be field proven. This means that at least 5 systems should be in satisfactory operation for a
minimum of one year each. References should be provided.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.15.4 Unit Control Panel

Unit control panel for package as such, shall not be applicable for this package. Only Machine monitoring
and bearing control panel and the Anti-surge control panel shall be supplied by Vendor.
7.15.5 Anti-Surge Control System

The Vendor shall provide all the details of his offered system‟s Antisurge Control and the panel. Vendor shall
give all the details including the execution time, response time requirement and curve required. Any control
required for decoupling of other control loops, etc. to be incorporated in the DCS/FCS shall be provide by the
Vendor. The details to be provided in the proper formats supplied by the Purchaser during execution phase of
the job.
7.15.6 Capacity Control System

The Vendor shall provide all the details of his offered system required for interfacing with Purchaser‟s
Capacity Control, which will have to be executed in the purchaser‟s DCS/FCS. The details to be provided in
the proper formats supplied by the Purchaser during execution phase of the job.
7.15.7 Process Regulatory Control

The Vendor shall provide all the requirements of his offered system‟s Regulatory Control which will have to
be executed in the Purchaser‟s DCS/FCS. Vendor shall give all the control loop details & loop configuration
and the other settings required to be implemented in the DCS/FCS. The details to be provided in the proper
formats supplied by the Purchaser during execution phase of the job.
Vendor shall review and ensure that the controls implemented by the Purchaser related to the Compressor
train in Purchaser‟s DCS/FCS meet the design control criteria of the Vendor in order to maintain warranties
and other contractual obligations.
7.15.8 Logic Safeguarding and Digital Control

Vendor shall meet design and all IPF classification requirement in designing the safeguarding system of the
Compressor package. The safeguarding related to the Compressor shall be implemented in the Vendor‟s
Control and safeguarding system as per the IPF classification.
The safeguarding and digital control related to the off-skid process of the Compressor package shall be
designed by Vendor and implemented by the Contractor in Contractor IPS/F&G System.
Vendor shall review and ensure that the safeguarding and digital control implemented by the Contractor
related to the Compressor train in Contractor IPS/F&G system meet the design safeguarding criteria of the
Vendor in order to maintain warranties and other contractual obligations.
7.15.9 Compressor Start-up

The Vendor shall provide all the requirements of the offered systems Start up sequence which will be
executed in the purchaser‟s DCS/FCS. The details to be provided in the proper formats supplied by the
Purchaser during execution phase of the job.
The Compressor Start-up shall be designed by the Vendor in such a manner so as to allow the DCS/FCS
operator to proceed in a sequential method allowing him to see on the graphics all the feedbacks from the
necessary instruments/valves, complying him to reset, acquiring start permissive and finally able to start the
Compressor in a step-by-step method.
The Compressor shall be operated from Control room. The Compressor is not intended to start locally,
however a “Start Permissive” and “Emergency Shutdown” keylock switches shall be provided on the local
panel.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.15.10 Alarm and Trip Requirements

The required trips & alarms including their setting which needs to be displayed on the DCS/FCS are to be
identified by Vendor. The details to be provided by Vendor in the proper formats supplied by the Purchaser
during execution phase of the job.
7.15.11 Machine Health Monitoring System

Accelerometers, proximity probes and monitoring system of PDO approved makes shall be used for vibration
detection. Following models of approved makes are recommended.
Bentley Nevada (preferred make) Series 3500

B&K Model 2526E
SKF Microlog
Enhanced on-line condition monitoring / trending and signal processing of principal engineering parameters,
complemented by diagnostic algorithms which deliver intelligent messages to Operation and Maintenance
staff pertaining to machinery performance, condition, problems / troubleshooting / fault-finding, and
maintenance guidance / suggestions shall be possible in future by the offered on-line condition monitoring
system.( See SP-2033 Functional specification for requirement)
Faulty Vibration & axial position monitoring sensors shall be replacable without the necessity of the
compressor shutdown, If this is not feasible there must be provision of additional sensors which can be
hooked up to the system for monitoring without dicontinuity of production.
PDO Machinery Health Monitoring System-MHMS or Machine Monitoring System MMS
Depending on the project requirement, either Machine Monitoring System (MMS) or Machine Health
Monitoring System (MHMS) shall be supplied by Vendor.
The vibration monitoring system for the entire compressor train and the process coolers, lube oil/working oil
coolers shall be included in the common vibration monitoring system referred above.
The field cabling shall be routed direct to the vibration detector racks without interconnection via the SDE
cabinet. The intrinsic safety technique shall be applied and barriers/isolators shall be included in the Vibration
and temperature monitoring panel.
The vibration and temperature information from Panel shall be send to Contractor DCS/FCS via serial link-
RS 485 and trip functions shall be send to Vendor Sequence Control and Safeguarding system via
hardwired connections. Vendor shall combine all the vibration signals and send one hardwired trip signal to
Vendor Sequence Control and and Safeguarding system for trip function and the same philosophy shall be
followed for temperature trip functions also.
7.15.12 Field Instruments and Measurement

All the Field Instruments connected to the Purchaser FCS shall be Fieldbus transmitters (ITK 4.0X latest
revision) and field instruments connected to the Purchaser DCS/IPS for Compressor control shall be
Coventional HART compatible, 4-20 mA The Vendor shall provide detailed technical specification for all the
instruments including the control & ESD/On/Off valves required for this package. All the field instruments are
to be terminated in skid mounted junction boxes.
All field instruments shall be supplied in accordance with PDO-ERD-30-01, DEP32.31.09.31-Gen, DEP
32.31.00.32-Gen and the following:
 All field instruments shall be EExd GrIIC T6 and have an ingress protection of at least IP-65.
 All process temperature measurements shall utilize RTD type transmitters (conventional 4-20Ma or FF
depending on the functionality whether connected to FCS or DCS/IPS) of the type PT-100. Bearing
temperature detection shall utilize PT-100 elements wired directly to the temperature monitoring panel.
 All instrument tubing shall be of stainless steel and to be imperial sizes and shall follow SP-1206(ERD
30.03). All compression type couplings to be Swagelock.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 The minimum tubing size for any Vendor furnished shutdown valve actuators (SDV) shall be minimum of
10 mm unless the valve size is greater than 150 mm which shall require a minimum of 13-mm tubing.
 All directly mounted pressure gauges to be fitted with block and bleed valves. (SBB for 150/300/600 lbs.
and DBB for 900 lbs. and above).
 Field instruments shall not be bracketed on the process piping but shall be mounted on freestanding
supports or on a skid superstructure.
 All field mounted and panel mounted instruments and junction boxes shall be easily accessible at an
elevation of maximum 1.7 meters and minimum 0.5 meters for operation and maintenance. They shall be
mounted such that they do not suffer from vibration and adverse local environmental conditions.
 All junction boxes on-skid and off-skid related to lube/working oil coolers shall be supplied by the vendor
and shall be of same specification (minimum NEMA 4X and IP65) as supplied by the Contractor.
 Signal segregation in cabling and junction boxes shall be followed as per SP-1090.
 Sunshades shall be provided by the Contractor to all instruments which do not meet the black bulb
specification for this project.
 The instrument tag numbering, Panel numbering, junction box numbering and cable numbering shall be
in accordance with the overall plant philosophy. Details of the same shall be provided to the Vendor
during detail design.
Note: Junction boxes, including the vibration monitoring junction boxes, must not be mounted on the
compressor or driver but shall be mounted on a stand on the skid itself.
7.15.13 Local Indication Panel

A separate Indication panel (elecronic display type) should be installed to provide the operator locally with
the various information like common alarm, common shutdown, ready to start, and other functions described
in the Scope of work section of this document. For details refer Compressor Safeguarding and Instrument
Matrix, Appendix-8.
It is not the intention to start the compressor locally, however a „Start Permissive‟ button is to be provided on
this panel together with an „Emergency Shutdown‟ button.
7.15.14 Field Cabling and Terminations

All the instrument cables from instrument/sensor to the respective junction box shall be supplied by the
Vendor.
All the cables from the junction box/UCP to auxillary room/control room shall be supplied and layed by the
Contractor.
All cables on-skid from instrument/sensor to junction box shall be layed by the Vendor and all the cables off-
skid from instrument/sensor to junction box shall be layed by the Contractor.
All the cables from field instrument (finally connected to IPS system) to the junction box shall be fire resistant
type in accordance with MESC specification. Two pair cables shall be used between field instrument and
junction boxes. These cables shall be silicon rubber insulated, overall screened, LSZH bedded, armoured
and with LSZH overall sheath (SR/IS/OS/LSZH/SWA/LSZH). The cables shall be solid copper conductors
and with minimum conductor size as 1.5mm2 for 2-pair and multipair cables. Cables with individual and
overall screen may be provided for special low level signal applications like vibration, pulse etc.
All the cables from field instrument (finally connected to FCS system) to the junction box shall be flame
retardant type. The fieldbus cables shall be Type-A, shielded, twisted pair with 1.13mm conductor size. 2-pair
cables shal be used between field instrument and junction box. Multipair cable conductor size shall be
0.8mm. All cables shall be cross linked polyethylene insulated cables as per BS5308, Part-1, overall
screened, PE bedded, armoured and with black PVC overall-sheath having reduced toxicity flame retardant
properties (XLPE/MS/SWA/PVC,FRRTS). Cables with individual and overall screen may be provided for
special low level signal applications like vibration, pulse etc.
Vendor shall provide the segment allocation in case of FCS and I/O allocation in case of DCS/IPS along with
junction box allocation to the Purchaser for cable laying as per the control and safeguarding design
requirements provided by the Vendor.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
The trays for instrument cables shall be with covers in accordance with SP-1090 and shall always be
separate from electrical trays, with a minimum of 0.6-meter gap. A distance of 0.3 meter between cable and
pipe (including insulation) shall be maintained.
Solenoids, fire detection analogue medium level (~1V), analogue high level (4-20 mA) and digital on-off
signals shall be in separate junction boxes and in separate multi- element cables. A further segregation shall
be maintained between cables that are required for intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe. Cables for
circuits that are required to be intrinsically safe ( Ex-ib) shall be black cables with blue marker (tape) on either
side.
All conductors shall be solid. All signal wires shall be twisted in pairs. All cables outside the control room
shall have steel wire armouring.
For signals from the junction box to power consuming instruments, e.g. solenoid valves and instrument lights,
the following cable shall be used:
 1 x 2 x 2.5 sq.mm cables.

 Conductors of high conductivity solid plain annealed copper wire, PVC insulated. Extruded PVC bedding.
Armour of signal layer of round galvanized steel wires. Extruded PVC oversheathed, type 1 compound to
BS 6746, color black.
Junction boxes shall be in accordance with the Approved Vendor List.

Aluminum plates for earth continuity of cable glands shall be provided to ensure connection of the steel wire
armouring of the cables. The screens shall be isolated at the instrument. The junction boxes shall have an
isolated screen earth bar (instrument earth). Cable armouring shall be earthed at both ends (safety earth).
The number of terminals in each junction box shall be sufficient for terminating all signal wires (including
spare wires) and for interconnecting the cable screens. Cable entries shall be at the bottom. A sparing of
20% shall be included.
All screens of intrinsically safe cables are to be earthed at the auxiliary room end by the Purchaser, provision
for this shall be provided by vendor in MMS or MHMS Panel.
Cable glands shall in general be applied at all places where signal cables enter the housings of instruments
and auxiliary equipment. All cable glands shall be Hawke type 501/453 with metric thread. If required,
adapters may be used.
All cables shall be marked at their termination point with a suitable stainless steel label. Junction boxes shall
be marked externally with suitable nameplates of engraved plastic. Terminals shall be numbered
consecutively. All wires shall be marked individually on each side of the terminal with plastic markers.
Intrinsically safe junction boxes shall have blue terminals and shall be tagged as XX-JBEi-YYY.
Instrument earthing shall be executed as per standard drawing STD-5-0801-013.
7.15.15 Control Valves

Control valves shall be in accordance with DEP 32.36.01.17-PDO (SP-1087): Sizing of Control Valves. Anti-
surge recycle valves shall be fast opening types.
7.15.16 Instrumentation Tag Numbering System

Instrumentation tag numbering and symbols shall be as per DEP 32.10.03.10, Instrumentation Symbols and
Identification on Process Engineering Flow Schemes.
Only one tag numbering system shall be applied in the format:
XX-PZA-YYYY
The unit number (XX) and (YYYY) the sub-number will be provided at contract award stage.
All instrumentation cabinets to be tag numbered as per abbreviations (e.g. XX-S.D.E.-YYY).

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.15.17 Instrumentation Equipment – Additional Requirements
1. ASC System, Load Sharing, Capacity Control system instrumentation

Feld instrumentations for ASC System, Load Sharing, Capacity Control system shall be in Contractor
supply with exception of anti-surge control valves to be provided by compressor vendor. The
specifications of instrumentations shall be provided by compressor vendor.
CCC/Petrotech train view shall be included in Vendor‟s scope.
Anti-surge, performance control and load sharing shall be redundant configuration (CCC series 5 or
equivalent Petrotech).
Anti-surge system, Load Sharing and Capacity Control shall be Petrotech or CCC series 5.
Engineering/operator workstation for Anti-surge, Load sharing and Capacity control shall be provided and
installed inside UCP. The XY graphics plots for compressor performances curves shall be sent from
Compressor control devices (CCC or Petrotech) serially to DCS/FCS in order to visualize them on the
DCS/FCS video pages.
CCC series 5 or Petrotech duplex (controller and I/Os) with PC + display HMI shall be considered in
Vendor‟s scope. HMI Operator station to be supplied for AS map display + vibration (MMS or MHMS) in a
19‟‟ screen retractable rack.
5 transmitters (1 FT + 2 PT + 2 TT) are required per anti-surge loop - design by vendor; supply by
Purchaser.
MMS or MHMS (Machine Health Monitoring System) is connected through hardwire for anti surge trips to
the Vendor Sequence Control and Safeguarding System and through redundant serial RS485 link to the
Contractor DCS/FCS. The DCS/FCS and Vendor Sequence Control and Safeguarding system is
connected by a V-net/IP network
2. Machine Health Monitoring System

MHMS shall include machine protection (vibrations, axial displacements, bearings temperatures,
overspeed and air cooler fan accelerometers for lube oil, working oil and HV motor VFD coolers). MHMS
shall incorporate provision to include vibration monitoring of process cooler fans. Machine health
monitoring and performance monitoring shall be implemented in accordance to SP 2033.
MHMS to system 1 of Bently Nevada or equivalent is included in vendor‟s scope of supply. The System 1
shall have following features as a minimum providing increased availability, reliability and safety with
reduced maintainance and operating cost:
 Diagnostics should be able to analyze data, in case of occurance of any event, and provide
information of actions to be taken with cell phone/pager/e-mail alert and also allow the Purchaser
to embed his information regarding the equipment in future for better diagnostics.
 Sophisticated alarm handling capabilities with “management by exception” to ensure only
relevant events and alarms are delivered.
 Configurable data acquisition and storage resolution
 Data information shall be accessible through web browser
 Support Virtual Private Network
 Shall provide a consistent format for viewing data from multiple sources and provide single
database
3. Interfaces
a. All serial links from UCP to IMCS, Load sharing and MMS or MHMS shall be redundant slave RS
485.
b. Interfaces between Integrated Motor Control Center to UCP PLC and DCS/FCS shall be redundant
serial link except for start/stop signals that shall be hardwired.
c. Interface between Vendor Sequence Control and Safeguarding System and Motor Control Center for
Start/stop of Compressor and its auxillaries shall be hardwired through Electrical/Instrument Interface
Box.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
d. All field instruments used for Control and Safeguarding of off-skid processes of Compressor package
where the control and Safeguarding is implemented in the Contractor DCS/FCS/IPS the Instruments
are directly connected to DCS/FCS or IPS through respective junction boxes.
e. All F&G detectors are connected to the Contractor F&G system through junction box.
f. Purchaser‟s DCS/FCS and not the Vendor Sequence Control and Safeguarding system will be used
for regulations e.g. scrubber levels etc.
g. All instruments connected to Contractor IPS or Vendor Safeguarding System shall be HART protocol.
h. Time synchronization shall be supplied by Vendor and DCS/FCS is acting as master clock.
4. System Architecture
Typical system control architecture shall be in accordance with attachment C7.
5. Local indication panel mounted on skid

Local indication panel shall be provided mounted on skid and it shall include the followings items in
addition to other process/utility indications:
1. push buttons for start permissive, ESD and reset
6. Sequence Control and Safeguarding System
Sequences control shall be selected SIL 3, with redundant CPU and redundant I/O channels if these are
used for shut downs. All the I/O channels used for readings or monitoring shall be simplex. The PLC shall
be selected from PDO Approved Vendor List. SOE (Sequence Of Event Recorder) device shall be
provided and connected to UCP PLC.
Full SOE with simplex interface shall be provided for large storage capacity and shall be mounted in UCP.
HMI shall be mounted in rittal cabinet (part of UCP). Rittal cabinet shall be 800 x 800 mm x 2100 mm and
shall be RAL7032 colour.
Marshalling shall be provided on the back side of rittal cabinet with RADICOR board (or equivalent PLC
vendor standard) and cabling. Marshalling cabinet shall be provided for Sequence Control and
Safeguarding system as per PDO ERD 30-03 standard.
7. Junction Boxes
Junction Boxes (JB) shall be IP 65 or IP 66 in stainless steel.
8. Machine Safeguarding System
IPS system shall be SIL3 Fault tolerant from top (processors) and I/OS layers.
Marshalling cabinet shall be provided for IPS as per PDO ERD30/03 standard.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
8 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
8.1 General
No recycled materials shall be utilized in any form under the scope of this project.
Unless otherwise specified, all materials in contact with the process gas shall be designed for sour service in
accordance with NACE-MR-01-75 and shall be resistant to hydrogen induced cracking & sulphide stress
corrosion cracking.
8.2 Compressor Casings and Internals

Vendor shall provide material of construction as per his own standards and which complies with the project
specification with respect to the design conditions, gas compositions, and NACE requirements.
Coatings for corrosion resistance shall not be utilised without the expressed permission of the Purchaser.
Material selection criterion shall be based on ISO 15156-2:2003& ISO 15156-3:2003.
17-4 pH material & martensitic SS (12% Cr) shall not be used for shaft/shaft sleeves.
Materials for Khuff gas compressor wetted parts shall meet requirements of category Zone 3 as per ISO
15156-2:2003
8.3 Lubrication System

All the components of the lube / working oil system shall be constructed in SS 316L except for lube oil cooler
fins and cooler fan, which shall be Aluminium / Aluminium alloy.
All components of high-pressure lubrication system shall be furnished in SS316L.
All piping shall be in accordance with the 33430 piping class from DEP 31.38.01.15- Gen.
The vent and drain valves shall be flanged and not threaded

SP 2054 Revision: 3
9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
9.1 Quality System Requirements

The Vendor shall implement a Quality system that complies with ISO 9001:2000 (as described in SP-1171,
„Quality assurance specification for engineering works‟) in addition to complying with SP-1171 itself.
These requirements apply equally to Vendor‟s sub-contractors and suppliers, and Vendor shall enforce these
requirements accordingly.
Purchaser reserves the right to audit the Vendor‟s Quality system (and/or subcontractor/supplier‟s Quality
systems). Such audit may be carried out either by Purchaser or an appointed third party.
9.2 Quality Assurance and Quality assurance plans

Vendor shall submit the following documentation with his tender, and also submit updated documentation
within 2 weeks of Purchase Order as a part of his contractual obligations unless specified otherwise on the
Purchase Order:
 Certification or evidence that the Quality system complies with ISO 9001
 Quality Manual
 CQP - Contract Quality Plan
 QCP - Quality Control Plan (Inspection and Test Plan)
 All quality control plans shall be agreed, prior to commencement of fabrication.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
10 INSPECTION AND TESTING
10.1 General
The Purchaser reserves the right to inspect every component or item, which will form part of the supply.
Inspection will be performed by Purchaser and / or their nominated representative.
Inspection and testing requirements shall be in accordance with applicable Purchaser document, Shell group
DEP and industry standards, with the relevant sections of this specification and the data sheets.
The Vendor shall be responsible for coordinating the inspection and testing of sub-vendor supplied
equipment.
The Purchaser shall be given a minimum of 20 working days advance notice prior to carrying out any tests on
the equipment covered by this specification and that for third party inspector (TPI) will be indicated during
pre-manufacturing meeting.
The Vendor (and all sub vendors) shall give the Purchaser and / or their nominated representative, without
charge, all facilities and access for the purpose of inspecting the equipment to ensure that it is manufactured
in accordance with the requisition, drawings and technical specification.
The assembly shall be inspected for compliance with:
 "Approved for Construction" (AFC) drawings, latest revision.
 Purchaser‟s requisition and correspondence thereafter.
 Applicable standards, which shall also include the sub-referenced standards therein.
 Test and inspection plans produced by the Vendor as part of the contract Quality Plan.
Equipment shall be presented for inspection in an unpainted condition, unless as approved by the Purchaser.
All measuring instruments required for shop testing shall be furnished by the Vendor, and be supported by
valid calibration certification.
All spare parts and loose items shall be subject to the same inspection standards and full material
certification as the main equipment.
All inspections shall be shown in the Contract Quality Plan.
Material certification shall be as per ISO 10474.
Any defects found by the Purchaser‟s inspector shall be rectified in their presence. Where this is not
possible or practical, checklists shall be prepared and signed by Purchaser's inspector stating all 'pending
items'. Copies of these lists shall be sent to the Purchaser to enable their subsequent checking.
The equipment shall not be tested or sent out of the factory before all discovered defects are rectified and the
written permission is obtained from the Purchaser.
Liaising with the Purchaser's appointed third party inspection (TPI) agency shall be in Vendor's scope of
work. The “HOLD” points for TPI will be finalized after review of Contract Quality Plan.
The Vendor shall carryout all necessary Inspections per Test Plans for all major items of supply to allow the
Company to confirm Hold and Witness points and adequacy of each plan. This inspection shall in no way
release the Vendor from final guarantee as to materials, apparatus, workmanship and performance of the
equipment inspected.
10.2 Resident Engineer

When specified ,the Purchaser may place one part time resident engineer in the sub-vendor‟s facility for VFD
system and one full time resident engineer in the Compressor vendor‟s facility during the duration of the
contract (design, manufacturing and testing of the equipment) for mutual benefit of Purchaser and Vendor in
order to gain in depth knowledge & understanding of compression train from design / engineering /
manufacturing / testing / installation / O & M perspective.
The Vendor shall provide for the sole use of the Purchaser‟s resident engineer the following:
Suitable office facilities required, facilitating communications to / from Oman
SP 2054 Revision: 3
Suitable accommodation conveniently located near to vendors works

Note: Details shall be worked out at the time of kick off meeting
10.3 Compressor
The following guidelines shall prevail
a) Mechanical run test (main rotor and spare rotor) and Performance test (ASME PTC10 Type 2) shall be
carried out for each compressor.
b) Full load, full pressure full density string test shall be provided as applicable for particular compressor
case as specified in project specification.
c) The compressor MCS shall be 105% of rated speed and accordingly all the paragraphs of API shall be
applicable as far as dynamics , testing, mechanical running testing and other issues with MCS are
concerned.
d) No load string test (not under vacuum) with job DGS, gearbox/ voith coupling, flexible couplings, motor,
VFD (if applicable), job lube oil system (if integrated in Voith baseplate) shall be carried out for each
compressor case. 1 No. string test shall be considered for multiple compressor trains under particular
compressor project.
e) Due to the need for load to achieve operation throughout the complete operating speed range, the
compressor string test may be a full load, full pressure, full speed, full density test or string test with test
gas.
Please refer to Annexure-A7, which highlights various inspection requirements of the mechanical accessories
including the compressor such as
 Compressor
 Lube oil system
 Air cooled exchangers
 Piping and related items
The following important testing with respect to compressor train is highlighted as hereunder:
Static Seal Test
The static casing seals shall be tested during the performance test using a suitable gas detector at the vent
connection between the main seals and back-up seals. The vendor may propose an alternative method.
Mechanical Running Test
The Mechanical run test as per API 617, 7th edition shall be applicable for all compressor packages and the
spare rotors. The speed increment shall be 10% from zero to MCS with full data capture at every step after
stabilization.
The temperature of the lube oil is to be varied to both the maximum allowable and minimum allowable
temperature during the MRT. For VFD motors; following stabilisation at each temperature a speed traverse
from MCS to 30% and back again is to be undertaken.
Performance Test
Shop performance testing of the compressor shall be carried out as per ASME PTC 10, Class II close loop
test using mixture of gases or gas other than air for all compressors. During the testing vendor shall use his
own piping system. In case the compressor fails to meet the guaranteed performance, the Vendor shall
correct the performance deficiency and shall repeat the performance test on the compressor.
In addition to the 5 points on the 100% speed line, the performance is to be verified at 60% and 80% speed
for both mid point, stone wall and surge,
String Test
For one complete train a string test (complete unit test) is mandatory. The compressor shall be tested with
contract gearbox or variable speed fluid coupling; contract main electric motor, Contract VFD (where
specified), contract lubrication system (if integrated within the Voith coupling or gearbox), contract dry flexible
couplings and contract dry gas seals. Speed increments in steps of 10% shall be from minimum to MCS as
per Mechanical running test with full data capture after stabilization.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Lube oil system standby pump starting and reset/stop shall also be tested during the string test at normal and
maximum oil temperature.
The correct functioning of the DGS and Separation Air systems will also be verified and a check / verification
of the DGS primary leakage flow is to be made.
Vendor to make detailed proposal in technical and commercial bids with respect to testing & include details of
test facility. Vendor shall demonstrate the fulfilment of DEP requirements, especially with respect to rotor
dynamic behaviour at elevated oil temperatures.
Verification of Lateral & Torsional Critical Speeds

During the shop testing, Lateral & Torsional critical speeds shall be determined to fulfil the requirements of
API 617, 7th edition paragraph 2.6.3 part of mechanical running test.
The Vendor shall be responsible for coordinating inspection and testing of Sub-Vendors. The inspections
shall be carried out by the Vendor or his nominated representative.
10.4 Electrical & Instrument Equipment

All electrical and instrument equipment shall be tested generally in accordance with relevant SPs and DEPs
listed under annexure of this specification.
Before leaving the manufacturers works, each machine shall be inspected, tested and the results shall be
recorded in the test reports. Machines offered for final inspection shall be complete and ready for shipment,
with the possible exception of the final paint finish. Tests shall be carried out in accordance with DEP/SP
and the referenced external standards, unless otherwise agreed. Type test certificate shall be submitted for
approval. Type Test reports for similar or next higher rating machine of identical design is acceptable.
Vendor shall supply the Purchaser with the performance and routine test certificates with deviation
statements if any.
For all electrical and instrumentation, vendor shall prepare a FAT procedure and schedule for a functional,
performance and interface test for Purchaser‟s approval. The purpose of this FAT is to demonstrate with a
total system functional test, that the operation of the control, monitoring, IPF and logic systems included in
the equipment package perform as specified in the requisition. Principal shall retain the option of deciding
which tests need to be witnessed by him.
The functional test shall include the communication link to the plant DCS/FCS, this communication test
called System Integration Test “SIT”. The vendor shall provide the necessary equipment to demonstrate the
full functionality of the communication links between vendor supplied system and Contractor supplied
DCS/FCS / IPS. The test shall include simulation of all the input/output signals and data. All required
testing instruments shall be supplied by Vendor. Vendor shall liaise with Contractor for shipping the
compressor control cabinets (UCP containing Sequence Control and Safeguarding system and MMS or
MHMS) to SIT stage (Project specific requirement to be agreed for individual project).
The functional test record shall include all the pre-set values.
The Vendor shall prepare a punch list of non-confirming items and correct them before the functional test is
agreed as complete.
Testing of auxiliaries such as lube oil system, cooling oil system, all electrical/instrument items, etc. shall be
carried out as specified in respective codes at the respective sub-vendors‟ shops.
The Vendor shall submit his test procedures for Purchaser's approval, not later than 6 weeks before
scheduled testing.
The equipment shall leave the factory only after successful completion of FAT.
10.5 HV Synchronous Motor

The Motor shall be tested in accordance with DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen., January 1999 Section 13 – Inspection
and Tests.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Summary of Tests:
1.0 Tests during production (Ref. Section 13.1 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen., January 1999).
The Rotor balancing test shall be performed, registered and made available to the Principal's inspector or
representative before Final Inspection.
2.0 Final Tests
The Principal will witness all the tests, to be carried out as per Appendix-A7, as follows (Ref. Sections 13.2
& 13.3 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. January 1999)
 Performance test
 Routine Test
 Special Tests
 Sample Coil Test
2.1 Performance Test & Routine Tests– all machines (Ref. Section 13.3.1 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen.
January 1999)
Additional tests for synchronous motors (Ref. Section 13.3.2 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. January 1999). In
addition to the tests specified in 13.3.1 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. January 1999, a performance test on a
synchronous motor shall include the following:
 Locked rotor current
 Locked rotor torque
 Torque-speed curve during start
2.2 Special Tests (Ref. Section 13.3.4 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. January 1999)
The Vendor shall recommend the Special Test needed to be carried out in addition to the following. The
cost of these special tests shall be separately indicated during the commercial tendering stage. Purchaser
will decide the requirement or otherwise of these tests during the execution of the project.
 Sudden three-phase short-circuit test, IEC 60034-4 *
 AVR test, IEEE 421.2
 Type test for applicable type of protection, in accordance with IEC 60079
 Surge immunity test to EN 6 1000-4-5 (Optional, to be priced separately)
 Over speed test in accordance with IEC 60034-1
 Sample coil test (Ref. Section 13.3.4 of DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen. January 1999)
In order to confirm the quality of the winding insulation used in machines with rated voltage Un > 5
kV, two additional coils shall be manufactured identical to the coils made for the machine. From the
total number of coils, two coils shall be selected at random for test purposes. If the vacuum
pressure impregnation method is applied for the insulation system, these two coils shall be
impregnated and processed together and under the same conditions as the complete stator
winding. If one coil fails, the test shall be repeated on a further set of two coils. If both coils fail the
entire batch shall be rejected.
10.6 Converter Transformer (where specified)

The Converter Transformer shall be tested in accordance with DEP 33.65.40.31.
Summary of Test
1. ROUTINE TESTS
All transformers shall be routine tested as per Appendix-A7.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
2. TYPE TESTS
Temperature-rise tests (IEC 76-2) (One off of each transformer type / size shall be tested)
3. SPECIAL TESTS
The Vendor shall recommend the Special Test needed to be carried out in addition to the following. The
cost of these special tests shall be separately indicated during the commercial tendering stage. Purchaser
will decide the requirement or otherwise of these tests during the execution of the project.
 Dielectric tests: Impulse-voltage withstand tests including chopped waves (IEC 76-3) (One off of
each transformer type size shall be tested).
 Measurement of zero-sequence impedance on three-phase transformers (IEC 76-1)
 Short-circuit test (IEC 76-5)
 Measurement of acoustic sound level (IEC 551):
 Measurement of harmonics on the no-load current (IEC 76-1)
 For above tests, type test certificate on similar rating or next higher rating machine of identical
design is acceptable.
 Lightning Impulse test on the primary windings, IEC 60076-3 Item 12. The rated lightning
impulse withstand voltage shall be in accordance with Table II, list1 of IEC 60076-3, unless
otherwise specified
 Measurement of reactance and resistance
 Calculated resistance and reactance at 20 Deg C.
 Noise test
 Measurement of reactance at normal operating temperature
 Three tests with a current corresponding to the motor starting current. The duration of the test
shall be equal to the running-up time of the motor
 Measurement of reactance after the simulated starts. The measured values shall not deviate by
more than 2% from the value prior to tests.
If special tests other than those listed above are required, the test method shall be subject to agreement
between the manufacturer and the Principal.
As per DEP33.65.40.31 the Vendor shall include Routine Tests on all units, Special Tests on two units and
manufacturer‟s Type Test to be available.
The Vendor shall advise those Special Test identified that they would recommend. The cost of these tests
shall be separately indicated during the commercial tendering stage. PDO will decide the requirement or
otherwise of these tests during the execution of the project.
10.7 Switchgear
LV Switchgear and Control Assemblies, Protection and Metering Panels
The LV Switchgear and control gear assemblies shall be tested in accordance with SP-1121 Section 2.15,
DEP 33.67.01.31 Part II Section 8.2 and Section 8.3and IEC 60439-1.
10.8 Variable Frequency Drive System

The VFD System (where specified) shall be tested in accordance with DEP 33.66.05.33-Gen., March 1995,
Section 14, 15 and Appendix-11.
10.9 Neutral Earthing Resistor

The Neutral Earthing resistor shall be tested in accordance with IEEE-32, 1972, American national standard
specification for requirements, Terminology and test procedures for Neutral grounding devices.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
10.10 Protection and Metering Panel and Excitation Panels

The panel shall be tested in accordance with standard and perform full function test to ensure that the
protection scheme works as per the design and all relays perform as per the design envelops.
10.11 Instrumentation
All instrumentation and ancillary equipment shall be verified and tested in accordance with DEP
62.10.08.11-Gen, prior to installation.
Following installation, all instrumentation shall be inspected and tested for correct operation as part of the
overall system in accordance with DEP 62.10.08.11-Gen. (Note that reference to 'construction team' should
be replaced by 'inspector').
Final testing of control panel / system shall be done on a loop by loop basis and include insulation testing of
electrical wiring.
A check of all vendor drawings shall be part of the final factory inspection. A control system shall not leave
the factory before all defects and shortcomings have been rectified.
Prior to equipment mechanical, performance, and/or string testing a function checkout procedure shall be
reviewed by the purchaser to witness and verify the operation of the control system and the calibration and
setting of all alarm and shutdown set points.
The mechanical string test shall be controlled by the Unit Control System. Before release for string testing,
the Unit Control System shall be tested on a loop by loop basis, while being witnessed by the Purchaser's
representative. Vendor shall provide all facilities required for testing at vendor‟s work.
Conducting field setting / fine tuning of ASC system before 72 hour test
Cabinet inspection and testing shall follow DEP 32.31.09.31.
10.12 Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

The site acceptance test (SAT) must satisfactorily demonstrate that the equipment performs at site in a fully
satisfactory manner and is able to meet all contractual parameters. Test procedure shall be submitted for
Purchaser review/comments well in advance of commencement of test programme.
After satisfactory completion of the SAT the Purchaser or authorized representative shall sign the 'System
Acceptance Note‟, which shall mean acceptance of the system for operation and the subsequent sustained
performance test.
Vendor representative/s from major suppliers such as compressor, motor, gearbox or variable speed fluid
coupling (whichever applicable), VFD (where specified) , synchronous motor, DGS, cooling systems (as
applicable), UCP & Machine Health Monitoring System etc., must be available on site during the SAT
period to coordinate and resolve any unplanned deficiencies.
The SAT is applicable for every compressor train. Duration per train shall be 72 hours of smooth running
and 720 hours for site reliability test.
It is imperative that the compressor train components, VFD ( where specified), auxiliaries, fine tuning of anti
surge system, calibration of all instruments, setting of vibration probes is done satisfactorily. This shall be in
Vendor‟s scope.
It is discouraged to embark on SAT with bottlenecks unresolved. Machine Health Monitoring System and
data gathering system shall be in place.
Calibration record of all the measuring instruments meeting with norms of the test shall be in place.
SAT is expected to be carried out in an uninterrupted manner. Any failure /trip will result in restarting the
train ignoring the earlier clocked hours.
The Vendor shall carry out SAT at site based on following guidelines.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Description of Test Test Data Collection Acceptance Criteria

Control System All Sequencing, logic functioning & All alarm & trip setting, sequencing & trip
Functionality Set point Checked logic as per approved documents
Starting Starting Torque/Current As per data sheet
Starting, acceleration  Check all systems for  Starting sequence is correct with
to minimum speed correct sequence during start smooth acceleration through the start
and up to Minimum Speed.
 Check for unusual noises
and vibration during start  No unusual noises and vibration
during start
Operate the  Print a set of all operating  All operating parameters shall be
compressor at parameters within the system normal or operating
Minimum Speed for design value.
minimum of two hour  During compressor operation,
 Compressor operation shall
there shall be no unusual noise,
be closely observed for unusual
leakage of air or oil, excessive
noise, leakage of air or oil,
vibration, overheating, or any
excessive vibration, overheating,
indication of malfunction.
or any indication of malfunction
during all runs, including
acceleration, loading, unloading,
and deceleration.
Operate the  Record & print a set of all  All operating parameters shall be
compressor from the operating process parameters within the system normal or operating
minimum speed to  Record & print a set of all design value.
MCS in steps of 5 % operating mechanical parameters
with minimum 5 points - vibration, bearing temperature,
on every speed one  During compressor operation,
oil temperatures, oil flows, oil
point close to surge, there shall be no unusual noise,
pressure
another close to stall leakage of air or oil, excessive
and three vibration, overheating, or any
intermediate points.  Collect the gas sample indication of malfunction.
Dwell at every point periodically and ascertain
for minimum period of Thermodynamic properties
 Vibration signatures collected
1 hour. shall be normal and meet the
 Compressor operation shall acceptance limits
be closely observed for unusual
Operate the noise, leakage of air or oil,
compressor at the  Performance of the compressor
excessive vibration, overheating,
design /Guarantee shall be as predicted on vendor‟s
or any indication of malfunction
point at least 4 hours. compressor map.
during all runs, including
acceleration, loading, unloading,
and deceleration.  The performance at guarantee
Operate the point shall be compared with the
compressor at the results of factory performance test. It is
MCS close to surge  Using portable data
expected that the power consumption
(however away from collector to collect a set of
at SAT shall be compared with the
it) point at least 4 vibration signatures and transient
figures of expected performance
hours. (coast-up & coast-down) data.
extrapolated at the end of shop
performance test. If the performance
 Obtain the compressor does not meet API criterion, it will be
Operate the performance map from MHMS. subjected to debate.
compressor at the
rated speed close to
surge (however away  Record & print all operating  A comprehensive report shall be
from it) point at least parameters of gearbox prepared in 3 copies that will include
2 hours all the data collected, performance
curves, comparison table of predicted
 Record & print all operating performance at shop & actual at site,

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Operate the parameters of Dry Gas Seal. vibration, temperature & utility data,
compressor at the summary of concerns and remedial
minimum speed close measures to be undertaken.
to surge (however  Record & print all operating
away from it) point at parameters of main driver
least 2 hours
 Record & print all operating
parameters of auxiliaries
Operate the  Record & print all operating
compressor at the parameters of VFD ( where
maximum driver at applicable)
MCS at least 4 hours  Record & print all operating
and one hour with parameters of auxiliaries
maximum oil associated with VFD ( where
temperature applicable)
 Record noise level for every
major equipment
Black start of the
compressor (with
compressor in
depressurized
condition)
Loaded start of the

compressor (with full
pressure of
compressor casing )
Operate the
compressor at least at
five different
operating points
(including design
operating point) by
throttling the suction
pressure and varying
the flow rate.
Anti surge test:  Establish the surge line and  If the surge line established
plot it on compressor map. during SAT is different from that during
Operate the
Note : Sometimes , the surge FAT, the vendor needs to revise the
compressor at five
mapping and establishment of surge line on compressor map.
different speeds.
control line is done prior to the 72
Reduce the flow until
test. Try to get those data and
the compressor
results
experience the
incipient surge.
Normal Stop  Verify correct sequencing of  Recycle valves opens.
all systems.
 Verify correct sequencing of  Recycle valve opens.
all systems during shutdown.
Emergency Stop two
numbers  No unusual noises during coast
One ESD and one  Listen for unusual noises down.
EDP during coast down.
 Correct post lube pump
 Observes the time it takes operation.
SP 2054 Revision: 3

to vent the unit to zero case
pressure.
 Suction and discharge valves
close.
 Blow down valve opens when the

case pressurization time times out.
10.13 Sustained Performance Test

This test shall be performed after full commissioning of the units control systems and during the Initial
Operation Phase. The Purchaser shall conduct the sustained performance test for 30 days. The system
shall have successfully completed the test when,
 At least 99% system Reliability has been recorded for 30 consecutive days.
 Unit has run successfully at rated / guarantee point /s at least on 3 occasions for 12 hours per occasion
without interruption at rated speed or 100 % speed as the case may be
without interruption at maximum continuous speed
without interruption at minimum speed
 Unit has run successfully close to surge control at least on 3 occasions for chosen speeds for 12
hours per occasion
 Unit has tripped successfully at least on 3 occasions for chosen speeds without any signs of surging
during the coast down
 Unit has run successfully close to maximum driver power at least on 3 occasions for chosen conditions
for 12 hours per occasion
 Unit has run successfully for chosen operating points for 12 hours per occasion during the remaining
period.
 The system Reliability shall not be affected when any of the following occurs,
 - Loss of electric power
 - Failure of system related but not Vendor supplied ancillaries.
 Plant shutdown.
 No significant fault has been recorded during the same 30 days.
 A „significant fault‟ is defined as any failure or fault, which in the opinion of the Purchaser would give
rise to questions regarding design, engineering, manufacture, installation or reliability of the system.
 Every interruption due to significant fault caused by Vendor supplied equipment will result in restarting
the test by resetting the elapsed time of the test to zero (0) hour.
A Purchaser confirmation of successful completion of the sustained performance test shall be a pre-
requisite for final acceptance of the system.
Vendor representative presence is preferred to coordinate and resolve any unplanned deficiencies. Other
plan can be agreed with the Purchaser subject to finding from SAT.
10.14 Final Acceptance Certificate

Before final milestone payment, the vendor shall (following the sustained performance test, closure of
commissioning punch list items and acceptance by the Purchaser of as-built documentation) notify the
Purchaser in writing requesting that the Final Acceptance Certificate be signed. The application shall
include the signed copies of the FAT and SAT documents. The Final Acceptance Certificate shall be signed
by Company‟s site representative who will have to confirm that the system has successfully passed the
Sustained Performance Test.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
11 Vendor Documentation with the Tender & After Contract Award
11.1 General
The preparation of engineering documentation shall comply with standard specification ERD-00-06.
Engineering documents submittal procedure shall be in accordance with standard specification ERD-00-18.
Requirements on number of copies at the time of submission of bids for approval and final submission
subsequent to placement of order shall be as per Appendix-F4 covering the following disciplines:
 Mechanical
 Electrical
 Instrumentation
 Civil
 Process
Where standard forms do not exist the Vendor shall prepare and submit samples of proposed formats to
purchaser for approval prior to their use.
All drawings shall be drawn in AutoCAD version 14 or higher. All documents and manuals shall be in
English and shall be presented in Microsoft Word / Excel. The final documentation shall include electronic
copy of all drawings and documents on floppies:
Vendor shall maintain all records at least for a period 15 years in his own archives.
11.2 Document List

All drawings, requisitions, purchase orders, manuals, reports, etc. produced by the Vendor under the
conditions of the purchase order are to be recorded on standard schedules which shall include dates for
document submissions to contractor and registers in a format to be agreed by the Vendor and the
Purchaser. All such documents shall be constantly updated and shall be made available for reference to the
Purchaser at all times. Updated copies of schedules and registers shall be included as attachments to the
monthly progress reports as per Contract Section of this specification.
Engineering documents shall include the requirements of relevant DEP and/or API standards and shall
include the drawings and documents with requisite number of copies / transparencies as provided in
Appendix-F4.
Vendor shall implement all numbering of equipment, instrument and other components as advised by the
Company including request for such numbers from the Contractor.
Installation, Maintenance and Operating Instructions:

These instructions shall include the requirements of standard specification ERD-00-18. In addition the
instructions shall include:
 Equipment GA / assembly drawings
 Equipment foundation location plans
 PFS / PEFS of various systems
 Safety devices and safety requirements
 Instrument drawings as per DEP 32.31.00.34 and Company standard drawings.
 Lubrication system and control schematics.
 Operating procedures for the various operating modes shall be on a step-by-step description basis.
 Sectional drawings of each component with detailed parts list.
 All drawings included in the instructions shall be "as-built" and shall be stamped "As-Built".
 Significant lift weights and recommended minimum sling and shackle sizes for each lift.
 Vendor documentation of all components.
 All applicable data sheets
 Complete set of specifications

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 "Typical" drawings shall not be acceptable.
11.3 Commissioning & Start-up Procedures

The Vendor shall prepare detailed, commissioning and start-up procedures, custom-fitted for the
application. The procedure shall be submitted for Purchaser‟s review and comment at the contractual time
of equipment shipment.
11.4 Material and Other Certificates

Inspection Documents/Material Certificates
Unless specified otherwise in applicable Purchaser standards, inspection documents for all materials shall
be in accordance with ISO 10474.
Electrical Certificates
Certificates for electrical components shall be issued by a CENELEC recognized approval authority or shall
be UL listed.
Test and Other Certificates

Certified rotor balance report shall be provided for rotor, (including spare rotor). The balance report shall
include balance speed, make/type of balance machine residual unbalance.
Certified over speed test reports shall be furnished for each compressor impeller and shaft seal part
furnished.
Rotor run-out certificates shall be furnished for each rotor furnished. Certified test reports shall be furnished
for each mechanical and/or performance test included.
Hydrostatic test certificates shall be provided for each pressure containing part.
NDT reports for major components and major fabrications.
Individual test reports on the performance/ mechanical running of individual equipment at their respective
shops.
For the various tests referred above and in this specification, test procedures shall be submitted by Vendor
for Purchaser‟s approval in a timely manner, at least 8 weeks before the schedule test begin. Acceptance
criteria shall be clearly identified, including pre-test promulgation of anticipated values and acceptable
ranges.
11.5 Manufacturer's Data Reports

Manufacturer's data reports shall be furnished for all equipment including static equipment and shall be in
accordance with DEP 31.22.10.35-Gen. The data report shall include all measurements performed during
assembly as well as the nominal values and permissible tolerance.
11.6 E-SPIR forms

Electronic copy of E-SPIR forms shall be completed by the Vendor for each part included in the compressor
package and shall conform to the requirements of PR 1443, DEP 70.10.90.11-Gen. and DEP 70.10.90.81-
Gen. Original part numbers/ordering numbers shall be used. These shall cover spare parts for two-year
operation.
11.7 Timing / Routing of Vendor Documentation

The timing and routing of Vendor documentation shall be based on following guidelines which will be finally
decided at the time of kick-off-meeting:

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Vendor shall issue all drawings and /documentation "For Comment".

 All drawings and documents shall be submitted by courier to Purchaser.
 Purchaser will review the drawings and documents within 15 working days (excluding mailing time).
 Purchaser shall return drawings and documents by courier to Vendor.
 Vendor shall incorporate all the comments and shall reissue the drawings and documents “For
approval”.
 All drawings and documents shall be submitted by courier to Purchaser
 Following approval the Vendor shall issue the drawings and documents “For Construction”.
 Passing of this deadline shall not deny the Purchaser the right to make additional comments.
11.8 Spare Parts

Refer Appendix-A3 for details.
11.9 SAP
Vendor is required to submit all As-Built information on a SAP compatible format for ease of download of
information. Such information would include:
 Tag number
 Functional description and location
 Maintenance strategy/frequency
 Reference information/documents
 PM check list

SP 2054 Revision: 3
12 PAINTING AND PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
12.1 Painting
All equipment and piping shall be prepared and painted as per the requirements of SP-1246 prior to the
final inspection. For proprietary equipment, the Vendor may offer his standard painting system for approval
by the Purchaser, but this shall be at least equal to the paint system detailed in SP-1246 parts 1 to 5. Piping
shall be colour band painted in accordance with SP-1166.
Stainless Steel components subject to temperature greater than 600C shall be painted with Solvalitt as per
Appendix F5 - Technical Data _ SOLVALITT
Above ground stainless steel components below 600C need not be painted .
Final surface preparation and painting shall be carried out by the installation contractor once the equipment
has been installed on site.
All portions of the base plates that will be in contact with epoxy grout shall be coated with suitable primer in
order to improve adhesion.
12.2 Package Assembly

After all components and items have been assembled into the package unit, the package assembly
inspection shall be performed by Purchaser's inspector.
Scope for Purchaser‟s Inspection (minimum requirement)
 Verify all piping, valves, equipment and components are installed as indicated on the latest
construction drawings based on vendor‟s scope.
 Perform dimensional check of critical measurements e.g. meter runs, inter-skid and skid tie-in
locations.
 Verify sub-assemblies/equipment has correct tagging.
 Verify equipment e.g. valves, internals, filters, meters are correctly oriented.
 Verify valves are operational, operators fitted if specified.
 Visually inspect all bolting for correct alignment.
 Visually inspect to ensure acceptable quality of workmanship and cleanliness.
 Visual inspection of nameplates.
 Verify all supports are adequate.
 Verify coupling alignment of all rotating equipment.
 Visually inspect all painting for coverage and damage.
 Verify skid grating / handrails are acceptable and secure.
 Check completeness of shipment against shipping documents and have a certified butt list prepared.
 Verify proper fit of shaft keys on auxiliary drives.
 Verify electrical installation was done according to specifications.
 Verify cables, connectors, boxes, etc. are suitable for specified hazard class.
 Verify shimming under equipment is as specified.
 Verify base plate is suitable for grouting (epoxy coating, jack screws, vent openings in skid covered,
etc.)
 Verify piping clamping is adequate.
 Check accessibility of instruments and valves.
 Check for protection of fragile components against impact and step-on damage.
 Check direction of rotation arrows on all equipment and seals.
 Verify VFD package ( where applicable) and all related accessories.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
12.3 Preparation For Shipment
12.3.1 General
The Vendor shall submit his procedure for purchaser‟s approval. Special care should be taken for the
packaging of delicate equipments. As a minimum, the procedure shall contain requirements of DEP 31-29-
40-30-Gen Section 4.4, ERD-06-01 and the following paragraphs.
 All open piping ends on the skid and all open ends of loose-shipped interconnecting piping shall be
treated with Shell Ensis Fluid SDC and closed off by metal or wooden blanks. The blanks shall be of
the same rating as the piping and shall be bolted with a minimum of 4 bolts. A gasket shall be used.
Plastic blanks shall not be permitted, except for piping and tubing of 20 mm and smaller.
 Compressor, gearbox or variable speed fluid coupling ( whichever applicable), electric motor & VFD
shall be packed in seaworthy close-boarded cases with waterproof lining. Cases shall be sufficiently
strong to withstand handling and storage outdoors.
 The central of gravity shall be marked on the crates and on the skids.
 All lifts should be single point lifts unless adequately demonstrated by the Vendor that single point lifts
are not possible. Adequate hoisting equipment i.e. spread lifting beams and slings shall be included in
Vendor‟s scope of supply.
 Materials packed for the main equipment shall be packed separate from materials for spare parts and
any other requisition.
 Completeness and correctness of shipment shall be witnessed by Purchaser's inspector at Vendor‟s
shop and a certificate of complete shipment issued by the Vendor will be verified against the packing
lists. Vendor shall identify on the list where items are included in the assembly. A list of missing or
incorrect items, if any, shall be compiled. The shipment shall not be released before the list has been
accepted by the Purchaser.
 Any shortages discovered at site shall be air freighted by Vendor at his expense.
 Initial start-up spares shall be packaged separately and shipped as indicated in the requisition.
 Each loose item shall be individually tagged with a number referring to a location drawing and a
material take off.
 Desiccant bags placed inside the equipment shall be secured effectively to a shipping enclosure and
the location marked on the outside of the enclosure.
12.3.2 Instrument Shipping Requirements

For skids, all instruments, which cannot be adequately protected shall be removed prior to shipment;
shipping stops/locks shall be applied where required. The list of instruments to be removed shall be
mutually agreed at the time of testing.
Removed equipment shall be tagged, packed in their original packing, and crated in water proof containers
suitable for sea transportation and outdoor storage. Containers shall be shipped separately.
 Instrument impulse lines and tubing, where removed, shall be tagged and crated. Open ends shall be
properly sealed. Tubing between skids shall be provided with unions at the skid edge. Cabling between
skids shall be coiled and clearly tagged.
 Cabinets and panels shall be suitably protected against damage by (sea) water, sand, rough handling
and pilferage. They shall be completely enveloped in plastic sheeting and hermetically sealed. Moisture
absorbing silica gel envelopes shall be securely fixed to both the inside and outside of each
cabinet/panel.
12.3.3 Dimensions and Weight Restrictions

The shipping dimensions and weights of each skid/assembly shall take into account the maximum
dimensions and weight that can be handled easily and should not exceed:

SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Maximum 3.5 m wide x 15 m long x 4 m high.

 Maximum gross weight of 70 metric tons.
Dimensions and weights greater than the maximum figures stated above require Purchaser/contractor‟s
approval.
12.3.4 Transport within Oman

In general, within Oman, all items shall be transported to site by truck. The majority of roads are rough,
corrugated, dusty desert graded roads. The equipment and packing must be able to withstand rougher than
normal treatment, with greater use of shock absorbent materials.
12.3.5 Identification
The exterior of all crated equipment shall be clearly identified in accordance with the purchase order and a
minimum shall include the following project details such as:
 Purchase order number,
 Year,
 Project name xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
 Destination, xxxxxxxxxxxx
 Port, Mina Sultan Qaboos
 Country, Sultanate of Oman - Muscat
 Crate dimensions and gross weight
 Specific storage instructions
 Equipment tag number
 Package item x of y (package item number)
The Vendor‟s representative shall supervise during unloading and unpacking of the materials supplied by
Vendor.
12.3.6 Delivery
The packages shall be delivered duty paid (DDP) to Oman Port. The Vendor shall inform purchaser 10
working days prior to shipment date.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
13 SITE INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING
13.1 Installation & Pre-commissioning

Equipment shall be installed in accordance with Vendor's instructions, DEP 31.29.00.10-General,
Installation of Rotating Equipment and the documents referenced therein.
The Vendor shall detail the extent of specialist supervision and commissioning he deems necessary to
satisfy himself that installation and operation of the package meets the specification and warranty
requirements with following activities under consideration.
 Verification of satisfactory foundations & anchor bolt installation

 Equipment site arrival inspection
 Lifting & placing m/c on its foundations, & subsequent levelling
 Nozzle / piping alignments
 Vessel boxing up inspections, piping system hygiene verification
 Satisfactory strainer & installation
 Free & final coupling alignments
 Lube oil system flushing, verification of system hygiene
 Pre-running bearing inspections
 Pre-running leakage testing
 Instrumentation loop & functional checks
 Pre-start-up checks
 Dry run for start-up sequence
 All other pre-commissioning & commissioning checks
 Attending SAT
 Harmonic measurement /verification during actual operation
Compressor Vendor shall make recommendation and shall provide detailed guidance and procedures for
the installation of compressor and its auxiliaries. An agreement shall be reached between the Vendor and
the Purchaser‟s rotating equipment engineer where Vendor‟s instruction contradicts the DEP mentioned
above.
Pre-commissioning of the compressor and it‟s auxiliaries shall be in accordance with DEP 61.10.08.11-
Gen.
Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

Refer to DEP 61.10.08.11-Gen.
Piping
Valves
Instrumentation
Pre-commissioning inspection of instrumentation shall be performed in accordance with the following
requirements:
 Visual Inspection
 Instruments shall be checked by the Vendor's representative for compliance with the Purchase Order
description, relevant specifications, certified drawings and paint specification.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Functional Test (including leak test for valves)

 Operations representative shall supervise a full functional test of the control system to verify
satisfactory operation of all the package unit instrumentation.
 The unit control system shall be tested on a loop by loop basis.
 Miscellaneous Equipment
Earthing System shall be commissioned in accordance with the manufacturer‟s instructions.
13.2 Commissioning
For field commissioning, the Vendor shall provide the results of all the shop tests executed prior to
shipment.
The Vendor shall provide full installation, start-up, commissioning and maintenance instructions for the
complete package, including details on settings and control, lubrication and initial fill requirements.
The Vendor shall provide to the Purchaser, instructions on specific safety procedures for the installation
and start-up of the package.
Vendor's representative shall supervise all compressor package commissioning activities in connection with
compressor vendor‟s scope of supply. The vendor issued and purchaser approved commissioning and
start-up procedure shall be submitted. Vendor shall supervise and guide all the phases of 72 hour of SAT in
association with Purchaser‟s operating personnel and shall prepare a comprehensive report highlighting
operating conditions & main machine train / related auxiliary equipment parameters, utility consumptions
highlighting the limitations if any.
13.3 Field Reliability Test for Acceptance

Prior to hand over, the compressor package shall be subject to a field acceptance/reliability test. The
duration of this test shall be 30 days. The purpose of this test is for the Vendor to demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser that the unit is able to meet all contractual parameters when installed at the
site. The acceptance criteria for the test shall be mutually agreed between Vendor and Purchaser.
Vendor shall include in the quotation a detailed proposal stating limitations, tolerances, accuracy, test
instrumentations, etc.
13.4 As Builts
Vendor shall complete all the "As Builts" reflecting site installation immediately after commissioning is
finished. The documents shall be supplied not later than 8 weeks after completion of the commissioning at
site.
13.5 Training Purchaser Operators

Vendor shall include in his proposal an option with detailed description for maintenance and operation
training courses for Owner's personnel. Vendor to provide a theoretical and practical detail training
proposal (Operational & Maintenance) for owner‟s operation and maintenance staff at project site. The
training proposal to include formal familiarisation with operation and maintenance procedures, structural
details, functional characteristics, assembly/disassembly procedures, etc. covering the complete
compressor package along with all related auxiliaries (Motors, VFD or variable speed fluid coupling -
whichever applicable , Lube Oil System, etc).
13.6 After Sales Service

The Vendor shall indicate how and in what time and what kind of services can be made available at site, if
there is a local representation. All the contact information about main compressor vendor, major sub-
vendors, auxiliary equipment suppliers & local representatives shall be furnished to get response during
normal operation and emergency situation.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14 LIST OF APPENDICES
Note:
All the appendices given hereafter are representative formats. Project Engineer / Contractor shall ensure that
“project specific information” completely filled before the issue of the enquiry. Project Engineer shall arrange
the necessary formats / documents.
A. Supplementary Information and Data No. of sheets
A1 Location & Environmental Conditions 3
A2 List of Abbreviations 2
A3 List of Spares 3
A4 Guidelines for preparation of job specifications 3
A5 Overall Responsibility Matrix 6
A6 Site Services Unit Rate Table 2
A7 Required Inspections and tests 6
A8 List of Applicable Codes and Standards 6
A9 Life Cycle Cost Analysis 2
B. Technical (Data sheets)
B1 Data Sheet for Compressor 6
B2 Data Sheets for Auxiliary Equipments 27
B3 Noise Datasheet 2
B4 Data Sheet for Dry Gas seals 2
B5 Electrical Equipment Data sheets 9
B6 Utility consumption list 2
B7 Utility data sheets ( Electrical) 2
B8 Demineralised water schematic for VFD case 2
C. Reference Documents & Drawings
C1 Process Drawings 1
C2 Plot Plans sheets 1
C3 Compressor package layout 1
C4 Electrical Single line Diagram 1

SP 2054 Revision: 3
C5 Instrumentation Block Link Diagram 2
C6 System & Process Description 1 sheets
C7 System Architecture Drawing 1
D. Technical (Electrical)
D1 Electrical Responsibility Matrix for scope of supply & services 2
E. Technical (Instrumentation and control))
E1 Instrumentation Responsibility Matrix for scope of supply & services 3
E2 Compressor Control philosophy 3
F. General
F1 List of Relevant PDO Approved Vendors 2
F2 Table of Compliance 9
F3 Availability Reliability Maintainability (ARM) Definition 2
F4 Required Vendor Documentation 6
F5 Technical Data _ SOLVALITT 4

SP 2054 Revision: 3
This page was intentionally left blank

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.1 APPENDIX – A1
LOCATION AND EVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

&
UTILITY CONDITIONS
( Please make sure of appropriate values )

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LOCATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
The local environmental conditions are severe. There are frequent and severe sand storms and can continue for
days. The atmosphere can be heavily laden with airborne dust particles, some as small as 2 micrometers. It rains
infrequently but when it does, it is often combined with hail and sand storms.
Relevant Ambient Data:
Barometric pressure maximum 98.9 kPa (a)

average 98.3 kPa (a)
minimum 97.7 kPa (a)
Shade temperature summer maximum 56 °C **

average - °C
winter average 20 °C
minimum 5 °C
design 55 °C *
Daily Temperature Variation maximum 25 °C

Black bulb temperature maximum 82 °C
Relative humidity maximum 98 %

minimum 5 %
Wind speed max. hourly avg. 26 m/s

3 sec. gust 35 m/s
Design 18 m/s***
Prevailing wind direction (from) General Variable
Rainfall design 1 hour 25 Mm

average annual Negligible
Site elevation, above mean sea level 109.5 Meters
Earthquake No allowance is to be made

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Notes:
** The above maximum shade temperature occurs for short intervals only. Equipment shall be
designed to achieve its rated capacity at the design shade temperature. It shall also be designed
to function safely at the maximum shade temperature, but not necessarily at its rated capacity.
* All motors shall be designed for 55°C ambient as per SP-1119.

Air coolers shall be designed to meet their duty without standby operation for ambient between
20°C and 50ºC. They should also be capable to work between 5°C and 60°C without breakdown.
All Instrumentation shall be design to operate normally at 60ºC and at black bulb 82ºC for 2
hours.
*** Wind speeds are at a height of 10 meters above ground level
UTILITY CONDITIONS
SP 2054 Revision: 3
 Area Classification
The compression packages shall be suitable for installation in an area classified as Zone 2, Gas Group IIA
and Temperature Class T3.
 Available Utilities
The utilities available at Site are:
 Electrical Power Supply
Rated voltage grid connection: 132 kV (± 10%), 3 phase
Rated voltage for Switchgear protection: 110V DC ±5%,

Power supply for the auxiliary Electric motor driver: 415 V-AC ± 5%, 50 Hz, 3 Ph
Control Power: 240V AC UPS (±5%)
 Instrument Air
Pressure : 400 kPa (g) Minimum : 750 kPa (g) Normal : 1000 kPa (g)
Maximum Temperature : 50 °C Maximum
.
 Cooling Water
Cooling water is not available at the site.
 Fuel Gas
Pressure: 1840 kPa (g) to 2300 kPa (g) Temperature: 40 - 58 °C

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

SP 2054 Revision: 3
The words and expressions listed hereunder shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them respectively for all
purposes related to this specification and related documents.
ASC Anti Surge Control

AVME Approved Vendors Material & Equipment
DCS Distributed Control System
DDP Delivery Duty Paid
DEP Design and Engineering Practice
DGS Dry Gas Seal
EDP Emergency Depressurisation
EPC Engineering Procurement and Construction
ESD Emergency Shutdown
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
FCS Fieldbus Control System
FTHP Flowing Tubing Head Pressure
GGP Government Gas Plant
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
IPF Instrumented Protective Function
IPS Instrumented Protective System
JB Junction Box
MCRP Motor control and relay panel
MIV Main Instrument Vendor
MMS Machine Monitoring System
SAFOP Safety and Operability Study
SDE Signal Distribution (Electrical) cabinet
SPIR Spare Part Interchangeability Record
THP Tubing Head Pressure
UCP Unit Control Panel
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
VSD Variable Speed Drive

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIST OF SPARES

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIST OF SPARES
Ref ITEM Qty
1.00 COMMISSIONING AND START UP SPARES
Vendor to recommend
2.00 TWO YEARS SPARES

Compressor
Rotor Components
2.01 Thrust collar 1
2.02 Spacer and lock nut for thrust collar 1 Set
Bearings
2.03 Tilting pads for journal bearings, DE and NDE 1 Set
2.04 Tilting pads for thrust bearings, Active and Non-active 1 Set
2.05 Pads retaining rings 2 Set
2.06 Shims 2 Set
2.07 Cap screws and washers 1 Set
Parts For Aerodynamic assembly
2.08 Labyrinths on shaft 1 Set
2.09 Labyrinths on impeller eyes 1 Set
2.10 Labyrinths on balance drum 1 Set
2.11 Cap screws and washers for Labyrinths 1 Set
O Rings And Gaskets
2.12 O rings for Cover 1 Set
2.13 O rings for Bundle 1 Set
2.14 O rings for Bearing housings 2 Set
2.15 O rings for sealing 2 Set
2.16 Gaskets 2 Set
Seal Gas Filter System
2.17 Filter Cartridges 4 Set
2.18 Gaskets 4 Set
Lubrication System
1.45 Lube oil filter cartridges 2 sets
Gear Box or Variable speed fluid coupling with integral gear Unit
1.19 Complete set of Bearings : Radial & thrust 1 Set
1.21 Complete set of O Rings, Seals and Gaskets 1 Set
1.22 Set of axial and radial vibration probes 1 Set
Instrumentation
1.23 Probes of each type 1 Set

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1.24 Proximitor of each type 1 Set

1.25 RTD of each type 1 Set
1.26 Vibration probes of each type 1 Set
1.27 Axial displacement probes of each type 1 Set
1.28 Bearing temperature element of each type 1 Set
1.29 Extension cable of each type 1 Set
1.30 Proximitor of each type 1 Set
Instrumentation Control system
1.31 Central Processing unit 1 Set
1.32 Logic input 24V DC card 1 Set
1.33 Logic output relays card 1 Set
1.34 Analog input PT 100 Ohm card 1 Set
Ref ITEM Qty
1.35 Analog output 4-20 mA card 1 Set
1.36 Analog input 4-20 mA card 1 Set
1.37 Power Supply 1 Set
1.38 Vibration Card 1 Set
1.39 Axial Displacement Card 1 Set
1.40 Zenner Barrier 1 Set
3.00 INSURANCE SPARES

Compressor bundle complete with inner casing, assembled with impellers,
3.01 balanced and over-speed tested, bearings and dry gas seals. Vertically hung in its 1
own N2 pressurised container
Low Speed Dry Flexible Coupling, complete with hubs and spacer for each size
3.02 1
in the package
High Speed Dry Flexible Coupling, complete with hubs and spacer for each size
3.03 1
in the package
3.04 Dry Gas Seal cartridge (DE and NDE side) – Total 2 Nos. – duly tested 2
3.05 Compressor radial bearings (DE and NDE side) – Total 2 sets 2
3.06 Compressor thrust bearings (DE and NDE side) – Total 2 sets 2
3.07 Motor Bearings (DE and NDE side) – Total 2 sets 2
Complete Set of Matched Gear Wheel & Pinion Shaft Assemblies and bearings
3.08 1
with mechanical running test( for fixed ratio gear box where applicable)
Complete rotor of Variable speed gear coupling complete with torque converter
3.09 1
and planetary gear assembly and bearings for Voith Vorecon unit.
Note:
1) 2 year spares quantities are per package, i.e. x required for x units.
2) Insurance Spares quantities are for all x units
3) Spares for other items like Lube oil cooler, Lube oil skid, electrical spares
including VFD system where applicable & any additional instrumentation spares
shall be as per manufacturer's recommendation.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF JOB SPECIFICATIONS

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Before issuing final requisition following should be done as a minimum
1. To make sure that that the train configuration is based on the Equipment Selection Report released by
UEC6 section
2. The selected train configuration is should be identified in the project write up and be reflected on
compressor data sheets
3. Please identify whether there is requirement of NACE compliance and also mercury concentration and
factors that affect the material selection.
4. As per policy matter in PDO, only motor driven compressors shall be considered . Since we shall deal with
high power ratings in majority of cases, the type of the motor shall be synchronous. This should be
backed up by the electrical study prepared by UIE group.
5. The decision whether to go for VFD or variable coupling shall be reflected in equipment selection report
and shall be taken on board while specifying the train configuration.
6. All the following appendices shall be updated keeping in view the project requirement, process description
and current specifications at the time of enquiry
Appendix Title Action by Project Engineer/Project REE

A1 Location & Environmental Conditions Please update w.r.t. job site
A2 List of Abbreviations Add if required
A3 List of Spares Please take into account train configuration
A4 Guidelines for the preparation of job
Please ensure completeness in accordance with the
specifications guidelines of this table.
A5 Overall Responsibility Matrix To be defined as per division of responsibility
between compressor vendor & EPC
A6 Site Services Unit Rate Table To be identified as applicable to the
agreed train configuration
A7 Required Inspections and tests To be identified as applicable to the
agreed train configuration
A8 List of Applicable Codes and Latest applicable as per PDO list
Standards
A9 Life Cycle Cost Analysis Please choose the appropriate one
B1 Data Sheet for Compressor Ensure correctness for chosen train configuration
B2 Data Sheets for Auxiliary Equipments Include those that are applicable
B3 Noise Datasheet To be filled by bidder
B4 Data Sheet for Dry Gas seals To be filled by bidder
B5 Electrical Equipment Data sheets Please ensure correct
B6 Utility consumption list To be filled by the bidder

SP 2054 Revision: 3
C1 Process Drawings Please attach relevant drawings with

identification list
C2 Plot Plans Please attach relevant drawings with
identification list
C3 Cause & Effect diagram To be compiled by C & A engineer
C4 Single line Diagram with main Please attach relevant drawings with
Synchronous motor identification list
C5 Instrumentation Block Link Diagram Please attach relevant drawings with
identification list
C6 System & Process Description Please attach relevant drawings with
identification list
D1 Electrical Responsibility Matrix for To be defined as per division of responsibility
scope of supply & services between compressor vendor & EPC
E1 Instrumentation Responsibility Matrix To be defined as per division of responsibility
for scope of supply & services between compressor vendor & EPC
E2 Compressor control philosophy Please check contents before issue of enquiry .
This should be discussed between UEC7, UEC 6
& C and A engineers
F1 List of PDO approved vendors Please attach the latest one
F2 Table of compliance Please make sure all the clauses are listed
F3 Availability Reliability Maintainability ( ARM) Information to be furnished by the bidder
F4 Required vendor documentation Make sure of all disciplines and requisite number
of copies

SP 2054 Revision: 3
OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

SP 2054 Revision: 3
OPTION 'A'
OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR COMPRESSOR PACKAGE CONSITING OF
COMPRESSOR ,GEAR OR VOITH/ MOTOR ,DGS SYSTEM, TRAIN LUB SYSTEM, MMS (
MECHANICAL HELATH + MACHINE PERFORMANCE), LOCAL PANEL, ON SKID TERMINATION
POINTS & JUNCTION BOXES
Equipment No. : xxxxxx
Job No. : xxxxxxxx
SAP Requisition No. :xxxxxxxx
Note: This matrix is intended to give quick overview of scope of work and shall be updated in
line
with agreements reached during the technical & commercial negotiations. The enquiry
specification doc. no.xxxxxxxxx, has higher precedence over this matrix.
CV means By Compressor Vendor ; EPC means by

Engineering ,Procurement& Construction Contractor,
Purchaser means PDO, Other vendor means order on
separate vendor for specific piece of equipment
ITE
DESCRIPTION CV EPC
M Purchaser
A PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR xxxxxxxxxxxx

COMPRESSOR
PACKAGE
1 Project Management X
2 Planning X
3 QA / QC, ITP and inspection meetings X X X
4 Procurement of sub-vendor's supplied equipments X
5 Expediting and sub-supplier co-ordination and control X
X
B ENGINEERING FOR xxxxxxxxxxxxx COMPRESSOR
PACKAGE
1 Kick-off meeting @ Vendor offices X

2 Basic design of complete compressor train X
3 Detailed engineering of the complete compressor train X
4 All specified Engineering services as per sec 4.2 of Enquiry
X
requisition.
5
PEFS for following systems within compressor package scope as X
per PEFS drawing No xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Overall system PEFS X
X
- Process gas system within compressor package
- Complete Lube oil & working oil system for the package X
- Seal gas system X
SP 2054 Revision: 3
- Drain system on skid X

- Drain system off skid X
- Flare and vent system on skid X
- Flare and vent system off skid X
6
Detailed engineering of the interconnecting process piping

X
between compressor, suction scrubber unit, interstage scrubber
units,interstage cooler units, discharge scrubber unit, discharge
cooler unit and interconnecting piping from package battery limit
point No1 to suction scrubber and from discharge scrubber to
package battery limit point 2, and anti-surge recycle lines
7 Verification of the design/isometric of above piping for the X
correctness & interface
8 Settle out pressure calculations X
9
Detailed engineering of complete interconnecting lube oil / X
working oil piping between compressor skid, lube oil skid, lube oil
cooler skid, working oil cooler skid and run down tank
10 Verification of the design/isometric of above piping for the X
correctness & interface
11 Detailed engineering of piping within on-skid limits for seal gas X
system
12 Detailed engineering of piping beyond skid limits for seal gas X
system
13 Detailed engineering of piping within on-skid limits for drain, vent X
and flare system
14 Detailed engineering of piping beyond skid limits for drain, vent X X
and flare system
15 Stability, lateral and torsional analysis as per sec xxxx of Eng X
requisition
C MAIN SUPPLY for xxxxxxxxxx COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
C1 COMPRESSOR xxxxxxx
1
Compressor pre-assembled on common base plate including:
- common base plate X
X
- centrifugal compressor, drive motor, Voith coupling
- dry gas seals and associated seal gas system with all X
accessories, piping, supports, instrumentation and controls along
with dry gas seal racks
- Low & high speed flexible couplings with non spark X
coupling guards
- auxiliary / utility / buffer air piping up to skid edge X
terminated by flanged ends
- instrumentation wired to Junction boxes X

SP 2054 Revision: 3
2 Main motor for compressor

X
3
X
Voith variable speed coupling with integral gears
4
X
High speed fixed ratio gear for speed variation
C2 LUBE OIL SYSTEM FOR xxxxxxxxx COMPRESSOR TRAIN
1 X
A Common lube oil skid for compressor , voith coupling and
main motor complete with skid piping, valves, instrumentation
and all accessories.
2
Separate lube oil cooler skid and working oil cooler skid for X
compressor package
3
Complete interconnecting piping between compressor skid, X
lube oil skid, lube oil cooler skid, working oil cooler skid and run
down tank
4 Complete instruments including instruments on interconnecting X
piping
5
Special piping items like relief valves, sight glasses ,flame
arrestors, restriction orifices etc. to be located on interconnecting X
piping.
6 Rundown tank for compressor package (Per API 614 system) X
7 Lube oil drain headers terminating with flanged end on each skid X
8 Lube oil drain piping beyond skid limits X
9 Voith drain piping upto grade level X
10 Lube oil system vent piping beyond skid limits X
X
C3 PROCESS SYSTEM for xxxxxxxxx COMPRESSOR TRAIN
1
Process gas suction scrubber,interstage scrubbers and discharge X
scrubber for compressor package
2 Process gas interstage air coolers and discharge air cooler for X
the compressor package
3 ESD ,PSD,EDP valves X
4
All Relief valves ,strainers, flame arrestors, restriction orifices X
within the package battery limit
5
Interconnecting process piping between compressor, suction X

scrubber,interstage scrubbers,interstage coolers,discharge
scrubber, discharge cooler and interconnecting piping from
package battery limit point to suction scrubber and from
discharge scrubber to package battery limit point .
6 Skid mounted process piping with supports X

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7 Vent and drain piping within skid limits terminated at skid edge at X
single point
8
Instrument air piping & utility piping within skid limits terminated at X
a single point at the skid limits
9 Vent,drain and utility piping beyond skid limits X
10
X
Supports for all interconnecting piping / pipe rack
11 Temporary / Permanent suction strainers for each stage X
C4 ELECTRICAL
1 xxx KV Switch gear (modification to existing) X

2 xxx KV outdoor Circuit breaker X
3 Unit transformer X
4 Motor protection and control panel X
5 Neutral earthing resister X
6
X X
415 V Switch board to feed 415V switch board (IMCS)
7
X
415 V Switch board (IMCS) for auxiliaries of compressor package
8 Drive motors for Lubrication system X
9 VFD units for process coolers X X
10
X X
RCU local to each motor & safety switches for heaters
11 On skid power and control cabling upto skid mounted junction
boxes/interface panels
12 On skid earthing upto earth strip / earthing boss
13 Earthing connection from skid to plant earthing X X
14 Neutral earthing from transformer to NER and NER to plant X X
earthing
15 Incoming power supply at Unit transformer X
16 Power supply to HV / LV motor terminals X
17 Power supply to control panel terminals X
18 Power supply to 415 V switch board X
19 Power supply to terminals of RCUs X
20 240 V AC uninterrupted power supply to UCP X
21 110V DC supply X
22 All interconnecting power and control cables between skids & X
other equipment
23
X
Cable lugs and glands ( for equipment supplied by CV)
24 Earthing pits for neutral earthing X
25 Frequency converter ( for VFD system) X
26 Converter transformer ( for VFD system) X
27
X
Harmonic Filters & interharmonics( for VFD system)
28 VSD modules( for VFD system) X
29
X
Blower stations for purge & pressurizing air ( for VFD system)
30 VFD cooling system ( for VFD system) X
SP 2054 Revision: 3
31 Cooling system for the main motors X

32 Vibration and torsional analysis X
33 Harmonic and network analysis X
34
X
VFD service & maintenance contract scope of work
C5 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
1
X
Anti-surge valves (Designed for full flow) for compressor package
2
All instruments & control valves for control ,monitoring, surge X
control, capacity control and safeguarding
3
MMS (Machine monitoring system) for machine health X
monitoring & Performance monitoring
4
X
Unit control panel (UCP) FOR MMS located in control room
5 Control System - Field bus or DCS X
6 Safeguarding system - IPS,SIL-3 ( for compressor and X
associated auxiliaries)
7
X
Anti surge control system with integrated capacity control
8 EDP valves X
9 Interface with FCS / IPS/FGS X
10 Signal conditioning / distribution cabinet X
11
X
Electrical / instrumentation Interface Panel ( Design & Supply)
12 Local gauge panel mounted on skid X
13 All field instruments, machine / skid mounted X
14
X
All field instruments mounted on interconnected piping
15
All piping monoflange for first isolation & instrument manifolds for X
instrument isolation /calibration on skid
16 All instrument impulse lines with valves/piping/tubing for non skid X
instruments
17
X
All field instrumentation cabling to junction boxes on skid
18
X
Instrument cabling from skid mounted junction boxes to UCP
19
X
Field cabling from skid junction boxes to control room
20
X
All cabling from field to MMS Panel for machine health monitoring
21
Serial communication between vendor control safeguarding X
system and purchaser's control / safeguarding system
22 Fire and Gas system -Detectors X
23 Fire and Gas system

SP 2054 Revision: 3
24
Mandatory documents :a) Logic diagram b) Loop wiring diagram, X
c) Cable block diagram, d) Functional logic diagram for skid
mounted equipment
25
Mandatory documents :a) Logic diagram b) Loop wiring diagram, X
c) Cable block diagram, d) Functional logic diagram for off-skid
mounted equipment
C6 TESTING and INSPECTION for xxxxxxx COMPRESSION

TRAIN
1 All Basic testing and inspections according to section xx of this X

enquiry requisition
2
X
No load mechanical running test with job rotor ( all units )
3 No load mechanical running test of spare rotor X
4
ASME PTC 10 type II performance test for compressor ( X
Minimum 1 train)
5
X
Compressor string test(complete unit test) with (contract
electric motor, contract Voith coupling, contract lube oil system,
contract dry gas seals and contract UCP( Minimum 1 train)
6 72 hours Package performance test (SAT) at site for every X
compressor train
7 30 days Sustained package performance test at site for every X
compressor train
8 Engaging Third Party Inspection Agency X
9 Witnessing of shop tests X /TPIA
10 Vendor appointed Third Party Inspection Agency X
C7 OTHER ITEMS FOR COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
1
Provision of all necessary platforms/walkways and ladders for X
operation and maintenance within compressor skid, lube oil skid
Provision of all necessary platforms/walkways and ladders for X

operation and maintenance on all off skid equipment.
2 Provision of all necessary structural steelworks & Supports for the X
entire skid
Provision of all necessary structural steelworks & Supports for the X
entire off-skid equipment
3 Provision of working platform for compressor X
4
X
Set of Special tools for the complete compressor package
5 Lifting beam (certified) for package X
6
Anchor Bolts/Foundation bolts for compressor skid and all other X
auxiliary equipments within vendor's scope
SP 2054 Revision: 3
8 Painting as specified in this requisition for the compressor X

package .
X
Painting of the equipment outside the compressor package .
9 Spares for startup and commissioning for on skid compression X
package
X
Spares for startup and commissioning for off skid equipment
10
X
Spares for 2 yrs operation and insurance spares (separate quote)
11
All required documentation as per Section xx and Appendix xx of X
enquiry requisition for on skid equipment
All required documentation as per Section xx and Appendix xx of x

enquiry requisition for off skid equipment
12 Spool piece for suction strainers X X
13 Preparation for shipment on skid equipment X
Preparation for shipment on off-skid equipment X
D TRANSPORTATION
1
X
Ex-works delivery items under main compressor package
2
X
Ex-works delivery items under scrubbers , process coolers etc
3
X
Delivery to site items under main compressor package
4
X
Delivery to site items under scrubbers , process coolers etc
5 Site equipment unloading & unpacking items under main X
compressor package
6 Site equipment unloading & unpacking items under scrubbers , X
process coolers etc
7
X
Custom duty items under main compressor package
8
X
Custom duty items under scrubbers , process coolers etc
9
X
Customs Clearance items under main compressor package
10
X
Customs Clearance items under scrubbers , process coolers etc
E TRAINING X
1 X
Training program for site maintenance and operation personnel
along with inclusion of complete training documents , training
instructors to address Operation & maintenance requirements
F OTHER ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES
1 Civil works X
SP 2054 Revision: 3
2 Grouting activities X
3 Sun shelter/buildings X
4 Overhead crane for compressor house X
5 Site erection X
6 Site erection supervision X
7 Commissioning of main compressor package with its machine X
monitoring system
X
Overall co-ordination of all commissioning activities at the facility.
8 Flushing oil/ First filling of lube oil X
9 Machinery alignment X
G PROGRESS REVIEW MEETINGS
1 Progress review meetings (monthly progress review) at vendor's X

facility
2 Progress review meetings (monthly progress review) at vendor's X
facility for off-skid equipment
H FACILITIES FOR RESIDENT PROJECT REPRENTATIVES
1
X
Provision of all facilities as per contract agreement
I DESIGN REVIEW/HAZOP/IPF/SAFOP
1
X
Conduct (a)Design review (b)HAZOP & © IPF for the main
compression package and incorporation of resultant action.
3
Participation to Design Consultant‟s design review‟s, HAZOP & X
IPF, SAFOP, for compression equipment etc
4
Participation to Design Consultant‟s design review‟s, HAZOP & X
IPF, SAFOP, for aux equipment such as process coolers ,
scrubbers etc
5 Vendor to supply IPF closeout report of already conducted IPF X
review for Compressor package.
6
Vendor to supply IPF closeout report of already conducted IPF X
review for process coolers , scrubbers etc .
7
Implementation of Design review HAZOP/IPF/SAFOP X X

modification identified as "shall be"
in the final report applicable to compressor package
8
Implementation of Design review HAZOP/IPF/SAFOP
modification identified as "shall be"
in the final report applicable to equipment supplied outside
compressor package

SP 2054 Revision: 3
9
All costs associated with travel, lodging and boarding for X
participation in design review,IPF,HAZOP,SAFOP covering
compressor package
10
J SITE SERVICES ACTIVITIES for PROJECT

SP 2054 Revision: 3
SITE SERVICES UNIT RATE TABLE

SP 2054 Revision: 3
SITE SERVICES UNIT RATE
Vendor Day Rate, Mobilisation & Stand-by, Overtime,

Representative USD*** Demobilisation**, USD USD USD
Compressor
Main Motor
VFD System*
Gear unit*
Variable speed
hydraulic coupling *
Anti Surge system
Harmonic Filter*
PFIC
Transformer
Switchgear
Machine
Monitoring System
Note:
* As applicable
„**‟ Include travel time
„***‟ Based on 10 working hours/day & 7days/week
Normal commissioning rates shall be included in the base offer.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Required Inspections & Tests
The centrifugal compressor including shaft seal shall be tested at Vendor's work in accordance with API 617 as
amended/supplemented by DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen. Proposed Scope of Company‟s inspection is listed below:
Compressor
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION POINTS OP WP RI RD

1 MATERIALS (DIMENSIONS AND MARKING) X
2 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND WELDING CONSUMABLES X
3 WELDERS QUALIFICATION (INCL. IDENTIFICATION MARKS ON WELDS X
ADHERENCE TO APPROVED PROCEDURES (WELDING, HEAT TREATMENT,
4 X
ETC.)
5 ADHERENCE TO AGREED INSPECTION PLAN X
6 WORKSMANSHIP, CLEANLINESS X
7 VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL CHECK OF CASTINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION X
8 WELD PREPARATION AND FIT-UP X
9 EXECUTION OF (MAJOR) REPAIRS X X
10 HEAT TREATMENT EXECUTION X
11 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION X
12 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (REVIEW OF ALL RADIOGRAPHS) X
13 HYDRO TESTING CASTING X
14 IMPELLER OVER SPEED X X
15 BALANCING OF ROTORS, SEAL ASSEMBLIES X X
16 HARDNESS MEASUREMENTS (IN FINAL CONDITION) X X
17 ALLOY VERIFICATION OR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS X
18 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL RUN OUT MEASUREMENT ON ROTORS X
19 STATIC SEAL TEST X X
20 MECHANICAL RUNNING TEST COMPRESSORS AND SHAFT SEALS X X
21 MECHANICAL RUNNING TEST WITH SPARE ROTOR X X
22 PERFORMANCE TEST – ASME PTC 10 Type 2 USING GAS & NOT AIR X X
23 GAS LEAKAGE TEST X X X
24 STRING TEST X X
25 NOISE LEVEL X
26 VIBRATIONS X X
27 POST-TEST INSPECTION OF CASING INTERNAL X
28 POST-TEST INSPECTION OF THE HYDRAULIC COUPLING FIT X
29 PAINTING, COATING, PRESERVATION, LINING, PICKLING & PASSIVATING X
30 HOLIDAY TEST OF PAINTING, LINING X
31 FINAL VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION X
32 NAMEPLATE, TAGGING, MARKING X
33 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT X

SP 2054 Revision: 3
34 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW PRIOR TO RELEASE X

35 72 HOUR TEST OF THE TRAIN AT THE SITE X
40 30 DAYS SUSTAINED PERFORMANCE TEST OF COMPLETE TRAIN AT SITE X
LEGEND: OP : OBSERVED POINT RI : RANDOM INSPECTION

WP: WITNESS POINT (HOLD POINT) RD: REVIEW DOCUMENTATION
NOTE:
The term „Observed Point‟ and „Witnessed Point‟ as used this and subsequent paragraphs of this section are as
defined in API 617.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Special Purpose Gear Boxes & Voith Units

Inspection & Testing requirement
SPECIAL PURPOSE GEAR UNITS BUILT TO API613 &
VORECON Units
Clause Require Witness Test log
d
Shop Inspection √ √
Cleanliness Inspection √ √
hardness verification √ √ √
Contact check √ √ √
Contact check Tape lift √ √ √
Gear accuracy check √ √ √
Double Helical Axial √ √ √
stability
Residual Unbalance check √ √ √
Mechanical run test: Main √ √ √
Mechanical run test: Spare √ √ √
Part or full load and full √ √ √

speed test
Full torque , reduced √ √ √
speed
Back to back locked √ √ √
torque
Sound level test √ √ √
Use Job Vibration probes √ √ √
Final assembly, √ √ √
maintenance & running
clearance
Seismic vibration data √ √ √
Vibration , phase plots √ √ √
Tape recorded vibration √ √ √
data
Non Destructive Testing √ √ √
Rotating elements : √ √ √
Surface & sub surface
Bearing : Surface & sub √ √ √
surface
During start up , gears shall exhibit a transient spike redaings of vibration levels that amy exceed
shutdown settings . Therefore a trip multiplier is in the control system.
Mechanical Running to be minimum 4 hours that shall include shaft vibration readings using job
probes , beraing temeprature records , casing vibration measurement, sound level pressure
measurement , power loss measurement at oil outlet , use of ISO VG 46 oil grade
Lube Oil System

Lube oil system shall be inspected in accordance with API 614 as amended/supplemented by DEP 31.29.60.32-
Gen. Proposed scope of Company‟s inspection is listed below.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1. WELDERS QUALIFICATIONS (INCL. IDENTIFICATION MARKS ON X

WELDS)
2. ADHERENCE TO APPROVED PROCEDURES (WELDING, HEAT X
TREATMENT, ETC.)
3. ADHERENCE TO AGREED INSPECTION PLAN X
4. WORKMANSHIP X
5. WELD PREPARATION AND FIT-UP X
6. EXECUTION OF (MAJOR) REPAIRS X X
7. HEAT TREATMENT EXECUTION X
8. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS X
9. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (REVIEW OF ALL RADIOGRAPHS) X
10. HYDRO TESTING PRESSURE CONTAINING PARTS X
11. ALLOY VERIFICATION OR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS X
12. LUBE OIL SYSTEM: HYDRO TESTING OF PIPING X X
13. LUBE OIL SYSTEM: DIMENSIONAL AND VISUAL (CLEANLINESS) X
14. LUBE OIL SYSTEM: FUNCTIONAL TEST X
15. MECHANICAL RUNNING TEST OIL PUMPS X
16. VIBRATIONS X
17. COUPLING ALIGNMENT
18. PAINTING, COATING, PRESERVATION, LINING, PICKLING & PASSIVATING X
20. FINAL VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION X

21. NAMEPLATE, TAGGING, MARKING X
22. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT X
23. DOCUMENTATION REVIEW PRIOR TO RELEASE X


SP 2054 Revision: 3
Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

Air-cooled heat exchangers shall be inspected in accordance with ISO13706 “Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries – Air Cooler Heat Exchangers”, except as modified by DEP 31.21.70.31-Gen. Proposed scope of
Company‟s inspection is listed below.
1. MATERIALS (DIMENSION AND MARKING) X

2. STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND WELDING CONSUMABLES X
3. WELDERS QUALIFICATION (INCL. IDENTIFICATION MARKS ON X
WELDS)
TREATMENT, ETC.)
6. WORKMANSHIP, CLEANLINESS X
8. SECOND SIDE OF WELDS AFTER BACK GOUGING X
9. TUBE TO TUBE SHEET WELDING, ROLLING X
10. EXECUTION OF (MAJOR) REPAIRS X
11. VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO HEAT TREATMENT X

15. DESTRUCTIVE TESTING RESULTS (PRODUCTION TEST PLATES) X
16. HARDNESS MEASUREMENTS IN FINAL CONDITION X
17. ALLOY VERIFICATION OR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS X
18. REINFORCING PAD AIR-SOAP TEST X
19. VISUAL CHECK TUBE BUNDLE X
20. VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO HYDRO TESTING X
21. HYDRO TESTING (STACKED AS DESIGNED) X
22. MECHANICAL RUNNING TEST X
23. BALANCING OF FAN X
24. FAN PERFORMANCE TEST X
25. SURFACE PREPARATION PRIOR TO PAINTING, COATING, LINING X
26. PAINTING, COATING, LINING, PRESERVATION, PICKLING & PASSIVATING X
29. ANCILLARY ITEMS (SPARE PARTS, GASKETS, BOLTS AND NUTS, ETC.) X
30. NAMEPLATE, TAGGING, MARKING, COLOUR CODING X


SP 2054 Revision: 3
3.1. Pressure vessels
Pressure vessels shall be inspected in accordance with ASME Sec VIII Div 1 as amended /
supplemented by DEP 31.22.20.31-Gen. Proposed scope of Purchaser‟s inspection is listed below.
1. MATERIALS (DIMENSION AND MARKING) X

2. STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND WELDING CONSUMABLES X
3. WELDERS QUALIFICATION (INCL. IDENTIFICATION MARKS ON WELDS) X X
TREATMENT, ETC.)
6. WORKMANSHIP, CLEANLINESS X
8. SECOND SIDE OF WELDS AFTER BACK GOUGING X
9. INSTALLATION OF FIRST SET OF INTERNALS X
10. EXECUTION OF (MAJOR) REPAIRS X
11. VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO HEAT TREATMENT X
15. DESTRUCTIVE TESTING RESULTS (PRODUCTION TEST PLATES) X
16. HARDNESS MEASUREMENTS IN FINAL CONDITION X
17. ALLOY VERIFICATION OR CHEMICALS ANALYSIS X
18. REINFORCING PAD AIR-SOAP TEST X
19. VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO HYDRO TESTING X
20. HYDRO TESTING (STACKED AS DESIGNED) X X
21. INSTALLATION OF INTERNALS X
22. SURFACE PREPARATION PRIOR TO PAINTING, COATING, LINING X
23. PAINTING, COATING, LINING, PRESERVATION, PICKLING & X
PASSIVATING
24. HOLIDAY TEST AT COATING, LINING X
26. ANCILLARY ITEMS (SPARE PARTS, GASKETS, BOLTS AND NUTS, X
ETC.)
27. NAMEPLATE, TAGGING, MARKING, COLOUR CODING X


SP 2054 Revision: 3
Interconnecting Pipework
OTHER VALVES
CONTROL VALVES VALVES
SAFETY VALVES
PIPE, FITTINGS
PIPE VALVES
FITTINGS
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION POINTS SAFETY CONTRO OTHER
L
1. MATERIALS (DIMENSIONS AND MARKING) RI RI RI RI
2. STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND WELDING CONSUMABLES RI RI RI RI
3. WELDERS QUALIFICATION (INCL. IDENTIFICATION MARKS ON RD RD RD RD
WELDS)
4. ADHERENCE TO APPROVED PROCEDURES (WELDING, HEAT RI RI RI RI
TREATMENT, ETC.)
5. ADHERENCE TO AGREED INSPECTION RI RI RI RI
6. WORKMANSHIP, CLEANLINESS RI RI RI RI
7. WELD PREPARATION AND FIT-UP RI RI RI RI
8. SECOND SIDE OF WELDS AFTER BACK GOUGING RI RI RI RI
9. EXECUTION OF (MAJOR) REPAIRS RI RI RI
10. HEAT TREATMENT EXECUTION RD RD RD
11. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS RD RD RD RD
12. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (REVIEW OF ALL RADIOGRAPHS) RD RD RD RD
13. DESTRUCTIVE TESTING RESULTS (PRODUCTION TEST PLATES)
14. HARDNESS MEASUREMENTS IN FINAL CONDITION RD RD RD RD
15. ALLOY VERIFICATION OR CHEMICALS ANALYSIS RD RD RD RD
16. HYDRO TESTING (STACKED AS DESIGNED) RD RD OP RD
17. LEAK TESTING RI RD
18. POPPING TEST (SAFETY VALVES) WP
19. FUNCTIONAL TEST OP RI
20. HYSTERESIS TORQUE SWITCHES/ POSITION INDICATORS OP
(VALVE ACTUATORS)
21. WIRING AND CONDUIT INSTALLATION RI
22. SETTING, CALIBRATION OF INSTRUMENT AND CONTROLS RI
23. SURFACE PREPARATION PRIOR TO PAINTING, COATING, LINING RI RI RI RI
24. PAINTING, COATING LINING, PRESERVATION, PICKLING & PASSIVATION RI RI RI RI
26. FINAL VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION WP WP WP WP
27.ANCILLARY ITEMS (SPARE PARTS, GASKETS, BOLTS AND NUTS, ETC.) RI RI RI RI
28. NAME PLATE, TAGGING, MARKING, COLOUR CODING RI RI RI RI

SP 2054 Revision: 3
29. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT RI RI RI RI

30. DOCUMENTATION REVIEW PRIOR TO RELEASE RD RD RD
Note :
For the electrical equipment , please refer to specifications & data sheets for the specific requirement

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

(Please make sure to use latest revisions & add project specific standards )

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
PDO COMPANY STANDARDS:
Standards identified by an * are more recent issues than those identified in the CPA 7770522
Date /
Standard Revision Title
INSTRUMENTATION
ERD-30-03 Nov. Std drawings- Instrumentation
1999
SP-1087 Apr. 1999 Control Valves-Selection, Sizing and Specification (DEP 32.36.01.17-PDO)
SP-1089 Jan. Instrument Impulse Lines (DEP 32.37.10.11-PDO)
2001
SP-1090 Dec. Instrument Signal Lines (DEP 32.37.20.10-PDO)
2000
SP-1093 Feb 1999 Classification and Implementation of Instrumented Protective Functions
SP-1205 Feb. Instrumentation of Depressurising System
2001
SP-1206 Feb. C & A Standard Drawings
2001
SP-1245 Nov. Standard Specification for Field bus Control Systems
2006
SP-2033 May Functional specification for PDO Machinery Health Monitoring System-
2004 MHMS
SP-1243 May Corporate Philosophy for Control & Automation
2004
SP-1091 Dec. System Cabling
2000
SP-1092 Mar. Instrument Air Lines (DEP 32.37.51.11-PDO)
2001
SP-1094 Feb. Instrumented Protective System (DEP 32.80.10.30-PDO)
1999
ELECTRICAL
*SP-1099 Dec. Electrical Installation Practice
2006
SP-1100 Jun. Specification For Testing And Commissioning of Electrical Equipment
2004
*SP-1103 Feb. Electrical Engineering Guidelines (Amendments/Supplements to DEP
2006 33.64.10.10.Gen)
SP-1104 Oct. 2004 Electrical Safety Rules
*SP-1105 May Electrical Standard Drawings
2006
*SP-1107 Jul. 2008 Electrical Protection System
SP 2054 Revision: 3
SP-1108 Oct. 2004 Electrical Safety Operating Procedure

SP-1109 Mar.2004 Specification for Earthing and Bonding
*SP-1113 Apr. 2008 Specification for 132kV Substation
SP-1115 Jun. Specification for Power Line Carrier Communication System – ERD-64-16
2004
SP-1116 Jan. Specification for SCADA of Electrical System – ERD-64-17
2007
SP-1117 Nov. Specification for Power Transformers (Amendment/Supplement to DEP-
2003 33.66.40.31-Gen Oct-01) – ERD-65-03
SP-1119 Jun. Specifications for Electrical Machines Cage Induction Types
2006 (Amend/Supplements to DEP 33.66.05.31-Gen Jan-99) – ERD-66-01
SP-1120 Jun. Specifications for High Voltage Switchgear and Control Assemblies –
2004 Amendments/Supplements to DEP 33.67.51.31 – GEN Jul-98
SP-1121 Jun. Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Assemblies
2005 (Amendments/Supplements to DEP 33.67.01.31- GEN Jan-98).
SP-1267 Jun. Specification for Synchronous AC Machines – Amendments/Supplements
2006 to DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen, Jan „99
T-1.706.053 Specification for elect heater & associated power controllers
MECHANICAL
*SP-2039 Sep. 2005 Mechanical standard drawings
*SP-2044 Mar. 2008 screwed fittings
SP-1081 Jan. 2000 Quarter Turn On-off Actuators (DEP 31.40.70.30- PDO.)
SP-1187 Dec. 2004 Piping Supports
SP-1166 Sep. 2004 Specification for Identification of On-plot Pipe work.
*SP-2069 Sep. 2008 Specification for Pressure Vessels
*SP-2070 Sep. 2008 Specification for Air Cooled Heat Exchangers
*SP-2051 Jun. 2006 Pre-commissioning of Mechanical Equipment and Piping
PROCESS
SP-1125 May. 2004 Isolation of Process Equipment Specifications
SP-1126 May 2004 Drains Systems Specification.
SP-1190 Nov 2004 Design for Sour Services
CORROSION
SP-1246 Jul. 2003 Specification for Painting and Coating of Oil and Gas Production Facilities
Part 1 to 4
SP-1246, Feb 2005 Specification for Painting and Coating of Oil and Gas Production Facilities
Part 5
CIVIL
*SP-1283 Sep. 2004 Specification for Standard Sunshades – Design Requirements & Standard
Drawings.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
DOCUMENTATION
*GU-556 Dec. 2006 Guideline for Vendor Project Document Deliverables
*SP-2047 Nov. 2008 Specification for Preparation and Content of Engineering Drawings.
PROJECT EXECUTION
PR-1153 Apr. 1999 Field Trouble Report Procedure
PR-1169 Jun. 2005 Initial Start-up Procedure
PR-1247 Aug. 1999 Project Change Control and Standards Variance Procedure
PR-1315 Feb 2000 Measurement Equipment Calibration/Re-certification
SP-1171 Apr. 2000 Specification for Quality Assurance for Design Construction and
Engineering Works.
PR-1443 Oct 2003 SPIR Procedure & Project Document Requirements
PDO Standard Drawings:
STD-4-0302-001 Rev. D Earthing Detail Skid Base Frame

STD-4-0303-001 Rev. D Earth Busbar
STD-4-0304-001 Rev. D Earth Boss for steel structures, Tanks, Vessels, etc.
*STD-4-6505-004 Rev. 0 Protection SLD For Transformer/Synchronous Motor Circuit
*STD-5-0601-001 Rev. B Instrument Cable Termination Details
*STD-5-0601-002 Rev. C Instrument Cable Termination Details
*STD-5-0601-003 Rev. B Instrument Cable Termination Details
*STD-5-0602-001 Rev. E Signal Distribution Cabinet
*STD-5-0602-002 Rev. C Signal Distribution Cabinet
*STD-5-0602-003 Rev. B Signal Distribution Cabinet
*STD-5-0801-013 Rev. D Instrument Earthing Details

SP 2054 Revision: 3
SHELL GROUP STANDARDS:
*DEP 00.00.20.10-Gen Dec. 2007 The Use of SI Quantities and Units

DEP 30.10.02.11-Gen Sep. 2002 Metallic materials – selected standards
DEP 30.10.60.18-Gen May 2004 Welding of Metals
DEP 30.46.00.31-Gen Jan. 2005 Technical specification for Thermal Insulation
DEP 30.48.00.31-Gen Dec. 1995 Painting and Coating for New Equipment.
DEP 31.10.00.31-Gen May 2004 Noise Control
*DEP 31.10.03.10-Gen Dec. 2007 Symbols & Identification System – Mechanical
DEP 31.21.70.31-Gen Mar. 2001 Air-cooled Heat Exchangers (Amendment / Supplements to
ISO 13706)
DEP 31.22.20.31-Gen Mar. 2001 Pressure Vessels(Amendment / Supplements to ASME SEC
VIII DIV 1 & DIV 2)
DEP 31.29.00.10-Gen Nov. 2003 Installation of Rotating Equipment. (Amendments/supplements
to API RP686)
DEP 31.29.00.32- Gen Nov. 2003 High speed special purpose gear units (Amendments /
supplements to ISO 13691)
*DEP 31.29.00.33-Gen Jun. 2007 Shaft Sealing Systems for Centrifugal/Rotary Pumps.
*DEP 31.29.00-36-Gen Dec. 2007 Flexible Couplings Special Purpose
*DEP 31.29.40.10-Gen Nov. 2006 Compressor Selection, Testing and Installation
DEP 31.29.40.30-Gen Apr. 2006 Centrifugal & Axial Compressors (Amendments / Supplements
to API 617).
*DEP 31.29.60.32-Gen Nov. 2006 Lubrication, Shaft sealing and control oil Systems and
Auxiliaries for petroleum chemical and Gas Industries Services
(Amendments / Supplements to API 614)
DEP 31.37.00.11-Gen Jan. 2005 Instrument Air Supply
*DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen Apr. 2006 Piping Classes, Basis of design
*DEP 31.38.01.11-Gen Aug. 2005 Piping General Requirements
DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Jan. 2006 Piping Class- Exploration and Production
DEP 31.38.01.21-Gen Dec. 1998 Compilation of a Specification for Piping System.
DEP 31.38.01.29-Gen Jan. 2005 Pipe Supports.
*DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen Aug. 2005 Shop and Field Fabrication of Piping.
DEP 32.10.03.10-Gen Apr. 2006 Instrument Symbols and Identification on PEFS
*DEP 32.31.00.10-Gen Jul. 1985 Instrument Engineering Procedures (2001 update)
DEP 32.31.00.32-Gen Jul. 1999 Instruments for measurement & control
DEP 32.31.00.34-Gen Dec. 1995 Instrumentation Documents & Drawings
DEP 32.31.09.31-Gen May 2004 Instrument for equipment packages
DEP 32.36.01.17- Gen Apr. 2003 Sizing of control valves
DEP 32.37.10.11-Gen Oct. 2001 Installation of on-line instruments
DEP 32.37.20.10-Gen May 2004 Instrument signal lines
DEP 32.80.10.30-Gen Jul. 1996 Instrumented Protective System
*DEP 33.64.10.10-Gen Jan 2008 Electrical Engineering Guidelines
DEP 33.64.10.11 Gen. Jan. 1999 Electrical Network Monitoring and Control System –
Application
DEP 33.64.10.12 Gen. Jan. 1999 Electrical Supply and Generation-Design and Operation
SP 2054 Revision: 3
DEP 33.64.10.32 Gen. Jan. 1999 Electrical Network Monitoring and Control System –
Specification
DEP 33.64.10.33 Gen. Sep 2002 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Requirements
*DEP 33.65.11.31-Gen Jun. 2007 Synchronous AC machines (amendments/supplements to IEC
60034-1 and IEC 60034-14)
*DEP 33.65.40.31-Gen Jul. 2008 Power Transformers (Amendments/Supplements to IEC 76 &
IEC 726)
DEP 33.65.50.31 Gen. Dec, 2000 Static DC Uninterruptible Power Supply Unit (Static DCUPS
unit)
*DEP 33.65.50.32 Gen. Jul, 2008 Static AC Uninterruptible Power Supply Unit (Static ACUPS
unit)
*DEP 33.66.05.31 Gen. Jun, 2007 Electric Machines – Cage-induction Types
(Amendments/supplements to IEC 60034-1)
*DEP 33.66.05.33 Gen. Jan, 2007 Electrical Variable Speed Drive Systems
*DEP 33.67.01.31 Gen. Nov. 2006 LV Switchgear & Control Gear Assemblies
(Amendments/Supplements to IEC 439-1)
*DEP 33.67.51.31 Gen Nov. 2006 High-voltage Switch Gear and Control Gear Assemblies
(Amendments/Supplements to IEC 298)
*DEP 33.68.30.32 Gen Dec, 2000 Electrical Trace Heating
*DEP-33.68.30.33- Gen Nov. 2006 Electrical Process Heaters.
*DEP 34.19.20.31-Gen Dec. 2007 Reinforced Concrete Structures
DEP 34.28.00.31-Gen July 1996 Steel Structures
*DEP 61.10.08.11-Gen Mar. 2007 Field Inspection Prior to Commissioning of Mechanical
Equipment.
*DEP 61.38.10.10-Gen Apr. 2006 Shop and Field fabrication of orifice meter runs
DEP 62.10.08.11-Gen Nov. 2003 Inspection And Functional Testing of Instruments
*DEP 63.10.08.11-Gen Aug. 2000 Field Commissioning & Maintenance of Electrical Installation
Equipment.
DEP 70.10.90.11-Gen Sep. 2002 Spare Parts
DEP 80.00.10.10-Gen Nov. 2003 Area Classification
DEP 80.45.10.10-Gen July 1996 Pressure Relief, Emergency Depressurising, Flare and Vent
System
EP-095 313 Oct 1995 HAZOP – HSE manual
*EP-2007-5644 Nov. 2007 EP Guideline on Process Safeguarding
MF-Report-95-055 1995 Guideline for the Preparation of Control and Instrumented
Protective function Narratives

SP 2054 Revision: 3
SHELL Standard Drawings
*S10.045 Rev F Anchor Bolts

*S28.008 Rev C Hand railing
*S28.011-001 Rev H Ladder GA
S28.012 Rev C Ladder Details
S28.013 Rev C Platform Details
S28.014 Rev B Platform Details
*S35.409 Rev D RTD Installation
S37.601 Rev D Instrument Name Plates
*S38.041 Rev E Temporary Strainers for Compressors
S68.004 Rev H Earthing Boss

SP 2054 Revision: 3
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS:
th
API 526 4 edition Flanged steel pressure relief valves
rd
API 527 3 edition Seal tightness of pressure relief valves
th
API 617 7 edition Centrifugal Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Service
Industry
th
* API 614 5 edition Lubricating, shaft sealing and control oil systems and auxiliaries for
Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry services
th
* API 670 4 edition Vibration and Axial Positioning and Bearing Temperature Monitoring
th
API 613 5 edition Special purpose Gear units for petroleum, chemical and gas industry
services
nd
API 671 2 edition Special Purpose Couplings for Refinery Service
nd
API 676 2 edition Positive Displacement Pumps – Rotary
API 6D 1994 Specifications for Pipeline Valves
API 521 1997 Guide for Pressure Relieving and Depressurising Systems
API RP 520 Sizing, selection of pressure relieving devices in refineries – Part-I –
th
7 edition Installation of pressure relieving devices in refineries –
th
Part II – 4 edition
API RP 686 Machinery Installation / Installation design
ASME PTC 10 1997 Compressors and Exhausters: Power Test Code
ASME B16.34 1996 Steel Valves, Flanged and Butt welding Ends
ASME B16.5 2003 Pipe flanges and flanged fittings
ASME B16.9 2003 Factory made wrought steel butt-welding fittings
ASME B31.3 2002 Process piping
ASME Sec. VIII 2004 Boiler and pressure vessel code- Rules for construction of pressure
Div. 1 & Div. 2 vessels.
ASME Sec. IX 1998 Welding And Brazing Qualifications
ISO 10474 1992 Documents on materials testing
ISO 9000, Quality Systems
ISO 9001
st
ISO 13706 1 edition Petroleum and Natural gas industries – Air cooled heat Exchangers
ISO 13691-2001 2001 High speed special purpose Gear unit
NACE MR 01-75 2004 Sulphide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Materials for Oil Field
Equipment
IEEE – 32 Requirements, Terminology and Testing Procedures for Neutral
Grounding Devices.
nd
IP 15 2 edition, Hazardous area classification
2002
Note: Project Engineer to review & include latest versions accepted by PDO / SHELL

SP 2054 Revision: 3
LIFE CYCLE COST ANALYSIS SHEET

(Please attach project specific LCC sheet)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
APPENDIX-5 COMPRESSOR WITH VARIABLE SPEED COUPLING/INTEGRAL GEAR & SYN. MOTOR
Operating Data Without STATION THROTTLING ( USING Voith) Cost Data ( speed control mode)
Year Pressure (bar) Actual suction Flow (mln Recycle Flow (mln Period (Days) No of units Compressor Speed Compressor Shaft Power Motor Cooling Gear (Voith) Motor Effeciency Transformer Total Absorbed Power SP Total Energy Cost( SP
pressure (bara) Sm3/d) Sm3/d) running (rpm) (MW) Power (MW) Effeciency (%) (%) Effeciency (%) control control) US $
Suction Discharge (Note 1) (Note 2) (MWh)
APPENDIX-5 COMPRESSOR WITH GEAR BOX & SYN. MOTOR WITH VFD
Operating Data Without STATION THROTTLING ( USING VFD) Cost Data (Speed Control)
Year Pressure (bar) Actual suction Flow (mln Period (Days) No of units Compressor Compressor Shaft Motor Cooling Power VFD Cooling Air conditioning Gear Motor VFD Effe. Transformer Total Absorbed Power Total Energy Cost( SP
pressure (bara) Sm3/d) running Speed (rpm) Power (MW) (MW) Power (MW) Power (MW) Effe.(%) Effe.(%) (%) Effe.(%) SP control control) US $
Suction Discharge (Note 1)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.10 APPENDIX – B1
DATA SHEETS FOR CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/requisition sheet for Process Document No.: xxxxxxx

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSORS Contr. Job No.: xxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. : K- xxxxxxxxxxxxx Number required : xxxxxxx
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Vapour or gas handled : HYDROCARBON Maximum allowable discharge pressure : bar g
4 Process gas to be kept oil free : yes / no Discharge cooler outlet temperature : max °C
5 Operation : continuous/intermittent/parallel Maximum allowable outlet temperature of fluid
6 Entrainment : solids/liquid/no during compression : °C
7 Corrosive gas : no/yes, due to Liquid injection required : yes / no
8 Hazardous service : no/yes, due to HC Estimated isentropic power : kW
9
10 OPERATING CONDITIONS A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4
11 Total Flow Rate of plant MMscmd
12 Flow Rates/compressor: MMscmd
13 Flow Rates/compressor: kg/sec
14 Inlet capacity/compressor m3/hr
15 Inlet pressure bar abs
16 Discharge pressure bar abs
17 Inlet temperature °C
18 Fluid properties
19 Z1
20 Z2
21 Cp/Cv
22 Mol. Weight
23 Guarantee case
24 COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR DRIVE
25 Type : axial / centrifugal Type : Electric motor (50/60 Hz) / VFD
26 Casing design : horizontal split / barrel type
27 manufacturer's standard Direction of rotation : cw / ccw (facing driven end)
28 No. of casings : Speed : constant / variable
29 No. of impellers per casing : * Estimated nominal power : MW
30 No of casing Transmission : direct / gear / fluid coupling
31 Casing design Pressure (MAWP) Bar G plus Variable Speed Drive thro' VFD
32 Hydrostatic Test Pressure Bar G Max Compressor BKW incl all losses:
33
34 LOCATION MAIN CASING CONNECTIONS
35 General : indoor / outdoor / under roof / Suction branches : (facing driven end) up / down / left / right / end
36 partial side walls /with - without lifting facilities flange : ANSI class RF * Size:
37 Ambient temperature : maximum 56 °C facing : smooth
38 : minimum 5 °C Discharge flange : (facing driven end) up / down / left / right / end
39 Other : dust, sandstorms flange : ANSI class RF * Size:18"
40 Relative humidity : max 98 % facing : smooth
41 Winterization : yes / no
42 IP area classification : safe / non-classified / Zone 2 Rated Speed : RPM ; Max cont Speed: RPM;
43 IP temperature class : T3 gas group : IIB Trip Speed: RPM; Speed range %
44 Barometric pressure : normal 97.7-98.9 kPa Critical speed I: ; Torsional critical speed I:
45 : max. / min. °C Critical speed II: ; Torsional critical speed II:
46 Train configuration 1)Compressor+ Gear Box + Elec Motor Critical speed III: ; Torsional critical speed III:
47 2)Compressor + Gear Box +Elec Motor with VFD
48 3)Compressor + variable speed fluid coupling + Motor
49 4)Compressor+ Gear Box + Gas Trubine
50 Centrifugal Compressors shall be in accordance with API 617, 7th Edition (2002) and DEP 31.29.40.30 - Gen.
51 REMARKS ON REVISIONS
52
53
54
55
56
Made by: Date: Rev.
EQUIPMENT : Date
Checked by: Date PLANT : Sign.
Appr. By: Date CONSIGNEE : PDO Sheet no. 1 cont'd on sheet no.-2
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No. K
Principal : Petroleum Development Oman Req. No.
C:\My File2\COMMON CC SPECIFICATION\Sample appendices\Appendix B1\[Appendix_B1 Compr data sht sample.xls]Sheet 1

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/requisition sheet for Note 10 Process Document No.:

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSORS - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:
MESC No.:
1 ACCESSORIES SHAFT SEALS
2 Base plate : combined with drive / separate Type of Seal :
3 Foundation bolts : yes / no Labyrinths : yes / no
4 Gear box : yes / no; API service factor : * - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
(Gear box as per API 613, 5th ed & DEP 31.29.00.32-Gen)
5 - type : parallel shaft / single / double helical / planetary Restricttive rings : yes / no
and step-up (fixed gear ratio)
6 Coupling(s) make / type : * - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
7 - shaft fit : taper / cylindrical / hydraulic / keyless - with seal liquid injection : yes / no
8 Inlet / interstage liquid separators : yes / no / by others Mechanical contact seals : yes / no
9 Suction strainer for start up : yes / no / by others - with shutdown device : yes / no / connections only
10 Intercooler(s) [water / air cooled] : yes / no / by others Liquid film seals with floating rings : yes / no
11 Aftercooler [water / air cooled] : yes / no / by others - with buffer gas injection : yes / no / connections only
12 Receiver : yes / no / by others Labyrinth seal between luboil / sealoil : yes/no; with/without buffergas
seperation gas
13 Heat insulation : yes / no / by others Dry gas seals : yes / no
14 Noise absorbing insulation * : yes / no / by others - double tandem : yes / no
15 Inlet and / or outlet silencers * : yes / no / by others - with intermediate labyrinth : yes / no
16 By-pass valve / anti-surge system : yes / no / by others - double face to face : yes /no
17 Spare rotor(s) / coupling (s) : yes / no - triple tandem : yes / no
18 Luboil system combined - other type : yes / no
19 with that of driver * : yes / no as per API 614
20 Seal liquid / seal gas system : yes / no
21 Seal liquid tank separate from luboil tank : yes / no
22 Drive for auxiliary pumps for
23 continuous service : Electric motor / steam turbine
24 stand-by service : Electric motor / steam turbine
25
26
27
28
29
30 * For oil systems arrangements and requirements see DEP 31.29.60.32- Gen, Appendix A
31 COMPOSITION OF GAS AT INLET
32 Component Mole %
33 Cases A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4
34 H2O
35 N2
36 CO2
37 Methane
38 Ethane
39 Propane
40 i-Butane
41 n-Butane
42 i-Pentane
43 n-Pentane
44 n-Hexane
45 SC7_1*
46 SC8_1*
47 SC9_1*
48 SC10_1*
49 BC10_3*
50 Benzene
51 Toluene
52 O-xylene
53 Total
54 Z
55 Cp/Cv
56 Total
57
REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Sheet no. 2 cont'd on sheet no. 3

Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No. K-xxxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3

MESC No.:
1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (REFER NOTE-2 BELOW) VIBRATION DETECTORS
2 Part Material ASTM No. Detectors required : yes / no
3 Casing and cover (s) * Manufacturer : Bently Nevada / Equivalent
4 Impellers * Type : *
5 Shaft * Number at each bearing : 2 x 90 Deg per bearing ( X & Y)
6 Shaft sleeve(s) * Monitors required : yes / no
7 Diaphragm(s) * Monitor location : *
8 Labyrinths * Monitor enclosure : *
9
10 Rotor blading (1)
11 Stator blading (1) AXIAL POSITION DETECTORS
12 Oil coolers SS 316L Detectors required : yes / no
13 Inter / after coolers (2) Number at each bearing : 3
14 Liquid separators Manufacturer : Bently Nevada / Equivalent
15 Receiver Not applicable Type : hydraulic / electronic
16 Silencers * Key phaser required : yes / no
17 Monitors required : yes / no
18 Monitors location : *
19 1) For axial compressors Monitor enclosure : *
20 2) Shell and tube heat exchanger design code.
21 UTILITY DATA - Not available (see note below) TESTS
22 Steam conditions for auxiliary equipment : Type of test Required Witnessed
23 - Live steam, [normal] : bar ga @ °C Hydrostatic Mandatory yes / no
24 [maximum] : bar ga @ °C Impeller over speed Mandatory yes / no
25 [minimum] : bar ga @ °C Mechanical run Mandatory yes / no
26 - Exhaust Gas leakage yes / no yes / no
27 conditions, [normal] : bar ga Complete unit String test yes / no yes / no
28 [maximum] : bar ga Post-test Inspection yes / no yes / no
29 [minimum] : bar ga Performance test : yes / no yes / no
30 N2 - site / factory yes for all Yes
31 Cooling water type : fresh / brackish / salt - PTC 10, class II yes for all yes
32 Cooling water max. inlet temperature : °C
33 Cooling water max. allowable outlet temp. : °C
34 Cooling water supply pressure : bar ga
35 Cooling water return pressure : bar ga
36 Cooling water fouling coefficient : W/m2.K
37 Instrument air : bar ga
38 Note: Vendor to specify all necessary utility requirements including those required during start-up.
39 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
40 1) In addition to this data sheet duly filled in , Vendor shall also submit duly filled in API data sheets .
41 2) Material shall Comply with NACE MR-01-75 (2004) and shall also be suitable for gas containing mercury concentration
42 of 20-30 ug/Nm3.
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
55
56
Sheet no. 3 cont'd on sheet no.4

Eng. By : xxxxxxxxxx Equipm. No. K-xxxxxxxxxx
Principal : Petroleum Development Oman Req. No. xxxxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3

MESC No.:
1 INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
2 General (Refer Appendix-E1 of this Enq Requisition)
3 Local instrument panel /
4 combined for compressor and drive instrumentation : yes / no / by others
5 Compressor control system / type : yes / no / by others
6 Compressor safeguarding system : yes / no / by others
7 Anti surge system : yes / no / by others
8 Pressure instruments *
9 Pressure of : Indicator Connection(s)
10 - Differential across suction strainer : yes / no / by others yes / no
11 - Inlet / interstage / discharge of compressor : yes / no / by others yes / no
12 - Low pressure side of balance piston : yes / no yes / no
13 - Discharge of lube / seal oil pumps : yes / no yes / no
14 - Differential across lube oil / seal oil filters : yes / no yes / no
15 - Lube oil at bearings : yes / no yes / no
16 - Seal oil at seals : yes / no yes / no
17 - Gas reference pressure : yes / no yes / no
18 - Seal gas supply pressure : yes / no yes / no
19 - Differential across seal gas / seperation air filters yes / no yes / no
20 - Buffergas supply yes / no / by others yes / no
21 Temperature instruments *
22 Temperature of : Indicator Connection(s) (1)
23 - Inlet/interstage/discharge of compressor/balancing line : yes / no / by others yes / no
24 - Seals : yes / no yes / no
25 - Bearings : yes / no yes / no
26 - Lube / seal oil in reservoir : yes / no yes / no
27 - Lube / seal oil at inlet/outlet of coolers : yes / no yes / no
28 - Cooling water at inlet / outlet of cooler : yes / no / by others yes / no
29 - Lube / seal oil outlet at bearings / seals : yes / no yes / no
30 - Cooling gas outlet of dry gas seals : yes / no yes / no
31
32 (1) Shall include a thermowell, except for seals and bearings.
33 Level instruments *
34 Level of : Indicator Connection(s) (1)
35 - Lube oil / seal oil reservoir(s) : yes / no yes / no
36 - Liquid separators : yes / no yes / no
37 - Lube oil / seal oil overhead tank(s) : yes / no yes / no
38 - Seal oil drain traps : yes / no yes / no
39 SAFETY, ALARM AND SHUTDOWN DEVICES **
40 Initiating condition: Alarm Shutdown Other Description Supplied
-High liquid level in compressor inlet seperator/Scrubber X X yes/ no/connections only
41 -High compressor discharge temperature X X yes/ no/connections only
42 -High discharge pressure( compressor) X X yes/ no/connections only
43 - Low lube oil pressure X X X Start stand-by pump yes/ no/connections only
44 - Low level in the lube/seal oil reservoir(s) X yes/ no/connections only
45 - High lube/seal oil temperature at cooler outlet X yes/ no/connections only
46 - High diff. pressure over lube/seal oil filter X yes/ no/connections only
47 - High diff. pressure over seal gas / seperation air filter X yes/ no/connections only
48 - Low diff. pressure over primary gas seal X X yes/ no/connections only
49 - High & Low LO level in the overhead tank X yes/ no/connections only
50 - Low LO level in the overhead tank (liq. film seals) yes/ no/connections only
51 - High level in seal oil drain traps / degassing drum yes/ no/connections only
52 - High primary gas seal leakage flow X yes/ no/connections only
53 - High / Low diff. Flow buffer gas / primary seal leakage X yes/ no/connections only
54 - Excessive vibration X X yes/ no/connections only
55 - Excessive axial rotor displacement X X yes/ no/connections only
56 - Excessive bearing temperature(s) X X yes/ no/connections only
57 -Surge trip X X yes/ no/connections only
58 * Refer to specifc section of the requisition for the required 'instruments. Vendor shall indicate here the offered instruments.
59 ** Indicate by an "X" the action required, state description of "other" action, where applicable.

Eng. By : Equipm. No. K-

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Note 10 Process Document No.:

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSORS - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.: xxxx xxxxxxx
MESC No.:
2
3
4 NOTES:
" * " VENDOR TO FURNISH
5 1) Vendor shall fill up and submit this data sheet in addition to data sheet to be filled up by vendor in API-617, 7th Edition format.
6 2)Unless otherwise specified,Material selection shall comply to NACE-MR-01-75
7 3) Compressor casing shall be designed for 1.25 times the maximum discharge pressure which can occur at the surge point for the
8 highest speed and gas molecular weight.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
54
55
Sheet no. 5
Eng. by : xxxxxxxxx Equipm. No. K-

SP 2054 Revision: 3
TYPICAL DATASHEET FOR

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENTS

SP 2054 Revision: 3
This appendix contains a typical data sheet for each category of auxiliary equipment. Vendor shall fill up and
submit a suitable data sheet for every equipment within the package separately, as required depending on its
type. Following is the list of sample data sheets attached,
 Air Cooled Heat Exchanger (LO Cooler) : 4 sheets.
 Filters (Blank datasheet) : 3 sheets.
 Centrifugal Pump (Blank datasheet) : 3 sheets.
 Rotary Pump (Blank datasheet) : 2 sheets.
 Tanks (Blank datasheet) : 3 sheets.

 Gear Box Unit : 3 Sheets
 Low speed Special purpose coupling : 2 Sheets
 High Speed Special Purpose Coupling : 2 Sheets
 Inlet scrubber : 3 sheets

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
Data/requisition sheet for Document No.: xxxxx
PRESSURE VESSELS (Columns, reactors, accumulators, etc.) Contr. Job No.: xxxxx
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. : V-xxxxxx Number required : x
2 OPERATING / MECHANICAL DATA
3 Description Units
4 Contents Natural gas
5 Working temperature, max. / normal / min. °C
6 Working pressure - max. / normal / min. bar ga
7 - normal /min. vac. conditions mbar abs
8 Design temperature, upper / lower °C
9 Design pressure, internal / external bar ga
10 Test pressure, hydrostatic / pneumatic * * bar ga
11 Liquid - quantity kg/s
12 - density at 15 °C - kg/m3
13 - density at working temperature - kg/m3
14 Vapour - quantity kg/s
15 - molecular weight
16 - density at working temperature kg/m3
17 Heating/cooling medium
18 - max. quantity required kg/s
19
20 Diameter of shell OD/ID * * mm
21 Length between tangent lines * mm
22 Total packed height - mm
23 Height per bed - mm
24 Size and type of packing -
25 Number of packed sections -
26 Number of redistributors -
27 Height of skirt to bottom tangent line - mm
28 Type of heads Semi-Ellipsoidal
29 Wall thickness - shell / head * * mm
30 Corrosion allowance / lining / cladding ** 3 mm SS 316L mm
31 Insulation thickness - mm
32
33 Trays - spacing/number required mm/pcs
34 - type
35 - lay-out in accordance with sheet(s)
36
37 Total volume : * m³ Relief valve(s) - Type/size :*
38 Normal liquid volume : m³ - Set pressure :* bar ga
39 Volume range required for level control : m³ - Number req. :*
40 Wind pressure : N/m² Earth quake factor :
41 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50 Note:
51 * ' Vendor to advice
52 ** ' Vendor to confirm
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev. O
EQUIPMENT :xxxx Compressor -Suction Scrubber Date
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxx Sign.
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : P.D.O. Sheet no. 1 cont'd on sheet no. 2
Eng. by : xxxx Equipm. No. V -xxxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. xxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/requisition sheet for Document xxx

PRESSURE VESSELS (Columns, reactors, accumulators, etc.) - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.: xxx
MESC No.:
1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ( to be verified before issue of enquiry)
2 Part ASTM No. Part ASTM No.
3 Shell SA 516 Gr. 65 Downcomers -
4 Cladding / lining of shell ** 3mm SS 316 L Baffles -
5 Heads SA 516 Gr. 65 Internal pipe fittings SA 234 WPB
6 Cladding / lining of heads ** 3mm SS 316 L Stud bolts, external A 193 B7
7 Reinforcing rings - Nuts, external A 194 2HM
8 Skirt, base plate, etc. SA 516 Gr. 65 Bolts, internal SS 316 L
9 Saddles - Nuts, internal SS 316 L
10 Jacket - Gaskets, external AISI 316L Graphite filled
11 Shell flanges - Gaskets, internal CS centering ring
12 Nozzles (line pipe / plate) SA 106 Gr. B Demister SS 316 L
13 Liner of nozzles and manholes 0 Vortex Breaker SA 516 Gr. 65
14 Flanges (ANS) SA 105 Manhole Nozzle SA 516 Gr. 65 /
15 Flanges (Non-ANS) - SA 336 Gr. 6
16 Welding fittings *
17 Stiffening rings -
18 Insulation support rings -
19 Cleats for platforms, etc. SA 516 Gr. 65
20 Internal parts
21 FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
22 Construction in accordance with : ASME Sec. VIII Div. 1 as amended by DEP 31.22..20.31 plus NACE pkus U2' - Stamped
23
24 Inspection full / limited ( As per code and PDO ERD - 1171)
25 Inspection authority TPI - PDO appointed / approved
26 Stress relieving PWHT as per code
27 Special heat treatment As per code
28 Radiography Full
29 Other non-destructive testing As per code
30 Chemical analysis -
31 Manufacturer's certificate - chemical analysis Yes, DIN 50049 - 3.1 B
32 - mechanical data Yes, DIN 50049 - 3.1 B
33
34 WEIGHTS
35 Erection weight (shipping weight) : * kg Weight of internals : * kg
36 Total weight, operating : * kg Weight of insulation : * kg
37 Total weight, full of water : * kg Weight of fireproofing : * kg
38
39
40 REFERENCE DRAWINGS/LISTS
41 Arrangement - construction - outline : *
42 Standard vessel : -
43 Additional drawings : -
44 Welding electrodes, rods, etc. : See DEP 30.10.60.18-Gen.
45 General remarks for vessels : - Anchor bolt ring and base plate : By vendor
46 Flanged pipe nozzles : S 10.101 Rev. E Lifting lug : By vendor
47 Davit for blind flanges : S 10.070 Rev. B Name plate with bracket : S10.114 Rev.B
48 Carbon steel flanges : ASME B 16.5 Typical support details : S20.029 Rev.A
49 Vortex breaker : S 10.010 Rev. F Cage ladder : S28.011 Rev.A
50 Skirt / saddles / brackets : S 20.001 Rev. J / Platforms and cleats : S28.012 Rev.D
51 S 22.005 Rev. J Typical Demister Arrangement : S20.028 Rev.A
52 Earthing boss : S 68.004 Rev. G
53 Lifting Trunnion : S 10.115 Rev. B
54
55
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the specifications and codes referred to on the requisition and/or
drawings. Furthermore, the manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that the design, including thicknesses of pressure parts, is satisfactory for the design conditions indicated on
the requisition and or drawings. Calculations and thicknesses of material supplied to the manufacturer are for information and tendering purposes only. The manufacturer shall
make his own calculations for which he is fully responsible. The manufacturer shall ensure that the equipment supplied conforms to all applicable codes and national statutory
regulations, and he shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities.
Eng. by : xxx Equipm. No. V - xxxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/requisition sheet for Document No.: xxxx

PRESSURE VESSELS (Columns, reactors, accumulators, etc.) - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.: xxxx
MESC No.:
1 NOZZLE DATA
2 Mark Number Service Nom. dia. and flange rating Remarks
3 N1 1 Feed Inlet Nozzle ** * /xxxx # / xx RF
4 N1 1 Gas outlet nozzle ** * /xxxx # / xx RF
5 N3 1 Liquid outlet nozzle ** * /xxxx # / xx RF
6 N4 1 Drain ** * /xxxx # / xx RF
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS *
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
MANHOLES ETC.
34
35 A1 1 Manhole * * /xxxx #
36
37
38
39
NOTES :
1. All the material shall meet the requirements of NACE MR-01-75 (2000) and plates shall be HIC tested.
2. Material shall be in accordance with DEP 30.10.02.11-Gen and DEP 31.22.20.31-Gen
3. Max. carbon content in plates, forging and piping shall not exceed 0.23%.
4. Flange facing shall have smooth finish with roughness between Ra 3.2 & 6.3 microns.
Sheet no. 3 cont'd on sheet no. -

Eng. by : xxxxx Equipm. No. V - xxxxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. xxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Principal : Petroleum Development Oman
BANK DATA
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
Location:
DEP 31.21.70.93-Gen., sheet 1, 12/98 EQUIPMENT NO. GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
E- Exchanger type: horizontal / vertical / A-frame / V-frame Bank construction:
E- Maximum available plot length : m - DEP 34.00.01.30 - Gen.,Minimum requirements for structural design
AIR - COOLED HEAT EXCHANGERS

I
E- Maximum available plot width : m and engineering
Data/requisition sheet
E- Supporting structure : concrete / steel - DEP 34.19.20.31 - Gen.,Re-inforced concrete found. and structures
E- Height from underside of bundles : ** 5 m - DEP 34.28.00.31 - Gen.,Steel structures
Date
E- Fire proofing required : yes / no
E- Noise limitations:
E- Basis for optimizing - power costs : …../GJ - DEP 31.10.00.94 - Gen.,Equipment Noise Limitation
PLANT
CONSIGNEE : Petroleum Development Oman
EQUIPMENT : Lube Oil Coolers
E- - capital charge : % Electric Motors:

E- - DEP 33.66.05.93 - Gen.,Requisition for Electric Motors
E- Highest mean wind velocity : 35 (3 sec gust) m/s
E- Earthquake factor : NA Structural steel :
:
E- Altitude : NA m - Welding electrodes *: DEP 30.10.68.18 - Gen (welding of metal)

E-
E- Utility steam pressure : -- bar(ga) - Galvanizing required for ** : Bundle frame, Fan housing, belt & fan guards
o
E- Utility steam temperature : -- C
E- Signal air pressure : * bar(ga) Language to be used - on drawings : English

E- Supply air pressure : * bar(ga) - on name plates: English
E-
E- SCOPE OF SUPPLY
E- Tube bundles yes / no Transmissions yes / no Supporting structures yes / no
E- Fans with fan rings and supports yes / no Electric motors yes / no Platforms yes / no
Appendix-B2
E- Actuators yes / no Plenum chambers yes / no Walkways and ladders yes / no
E-
SKETCH FOR BANK LAY-OUT
Note-1: Refer Appendix-C3 & C4
Contr. Job
Document No. :
MESC
Note-2: '*' Vendor to furnish.
SAP Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 1
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
Note-3: '**' Vendor to confirm.
No. :
No. :
O
cont'd on sheet No. 2
page:
.
.
Chk'd by:
Principal :
EQUIPMENT PROCESS DATA

Appr. by:
Made by:
Eng. by :
GENERAL DATA
DEP 31.21.70.93-Gen., sheet 2, 12/98
Line Case Process design engineer

No. Location Plant Exchanger No. identification Reference indicator Extension Name
Petroleum Development Oman
0 1 Oman Sahi Rawl GGP

Calculation Duty Mech. cleaning required
Data/requisition sheet (cont sheet ) for

type kW Hot side Bundle orientation Tube material
0 2 design/rating no/yes horizontal/vertical/other
Date
FLOW DATA
.
.
Inlet Outlet Inlet Maximum Fouling Liquid pseudo Liquid pseudo

Line Fluid name Fluid code Fluid flow rate temperature temperature pressure pressure drop resistance critical press. critical temp.
2
No. (1) kg/s °C °C bar (abs) bar m .K/W bar (abs) °C
PLANT
03 * * * * * * * *
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (at inlet pressure) Not for fluid codes 101 and 301
Reference Total Vapour properties Liquid properties
temperature specific Vaporization Density Specific heat Viscosity Thermal Density Specific heat Viscosity Thermal Surface
:
Line enthalpy (cP) conductivity (cP) conductivity tension

3 3
No. °C kJ/kg weight % kg/m kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K kg/m kJ/kg.K mPa.s W/m.K mN/m
04 * * * * *
05
06
07
08
09
10
Appendix-B2
Notes:
(1) Fluid code: 100=liquid: 101=water; 300=condensing vapour; 301=condensing steam; 400=gas
(2) Vendor to provide atleast 10% design margin on surface area
Document No. :
MESC
Contr. job
SAP Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 2
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
No. :
No. :
PROCESS FLUID DESIGN DATA CONTROL OF AIR-COOLED HEAT EXCHANGER Remarks:

O
Hydrogen service yes / no Fans provided with* AVP / SFC / none

Very toxic service yes / no Fans with AVP or SFC * 0 / 50 / 100 / Other %
Pour point °C Louvres no / manually / air-operated
Freezing point °C Air heating facilities no / heating coil / air recirculation
page:
AIR SIDE DESIGN DATA Action on control signal failure :

Air design temperature 50.0 °C - Fan pitch minimum / maximum / lock up
Minimum air temperature 5.0 °C - Louvres open / close / lock up
2
Fouling resistance air side 0.00017 m .K/W Action on power failure :
Air max.Black Bulb temp. 82 °C - Louvres open / close / lock up

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Chk'd by:
Made by:
Appr. by:
Eng. by : Tebodin & Partners LLC EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL DATA
MATERIAL SELECTION CONSTRUCTION / INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
DEP 31.21.70.93-Gen., sheet 3, 12/98
Pressure parts Materials Design code(s) : ISO 13706 Arrangement : forced draught / induced draught
Header - tube sheet SS 316L
- top / bottom plate * General requirements : ISO 13706 and Header type : cover / plug / manifold / billet / U-bend / see*
AIR-COOLED HEAT EXCHANGERS

- side plates SS 316L DEP 31.21.70.31 - Gen. Header bolts : through bolts / stud bolts / see*
Data/requisition sheet for

- flanges SS 316L Inspection requirements : ISO 13706 and Instrument connections : thermo well / pressure gauge / no
- plug sheet * DEP 31.21.70.31 - Gen. Multi purpose nozzles : yes / no **
Date
Cover plate * Welding electrodes : DEP 30.10.60.18 - Gen. Tube attachment : rolled / welded / see*
.
Type of finning : emb. / integral / L-footed / welded / none / see*

Plug * Inspection authority : TPI
Gasket compressor * Louvre action : opposed / parallel / see*
PLANT
Approval authority : PDO Hail / bug / lint screen : yes / no

Gasket - header / cover plate * Drive : direct / V-belt / high-torque belt / see*
- header / plug Language to be used Vibration cutout switch : yes / no (Note-3)
- on drawings : English
:
Bolts and nuts * - on name plate : English

DESIGN CONDITIONS
Tubes SS 316L Bundle Heating Coil
Cladding / lining mm
Nozzles * Corrosion allowance mm 0
Nozzle flanges * Max operating pressure bar (ga) *
Design pressure max. / min. bar (ga) *
o
Cladding / lining Max. working temperatture C *
o
Min. working temperature C *
Appendix-B2
o
Coil - tube NA Design temperature max. / min. C *
o
- fin NA Min. design metal temp. of pressure parts C *
o
- nozzles NA Fin design temperature C *
- flanges NA
Hydraulic test-pressure bar (ga) As per code
Contr. Job
Document No. :
MESC
Max. H2 partial pressure bar (ga)
SAP Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 3
Sign.
Date
Rev. letter
Non-pressure parts Materials Max. H2S partial pressure bar (ga)

Partition plates SS 316L
No. :
Fin Aluminium Nozzles - inlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type *
No. :
Fan blade * Nozzles - outlet, ANSI flanged: class / flange type *
Louvre NA Multi purpose nozzles, DN / class / flange type *
O
Support boxes / rings * Remarks:

Side frames * Note-1 : ' * ' Vendor to furnish.
Structural components * Note-2 : ' ** ' Vendor to confirm.
page:
Bolts and nuts * Note-3 : Accelerometer for each fan & motor

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Chk'd by:
Made by:
EQUIPMENT DETAILS
Appr. by:
Eng. by :
Exchanger type: horizontal / vertical / A-frame / V-frame Arrangement: Case:
forced draught / induced draught Controlling case:
DEP 31.21.70.93-Gen., sheet 4, 12/98 PROCESS DATA Air side Product side SKETCH
Name of fluid Air Lube Oil
Fluid flow rate - total kg/s * *
Data/requisition sheet (cont. sheet) for

- liquid in / out % of total --- ---
- vapour in / out % of total 100 100
o
Temperature in/out C 50.0 *
Date
Pressure at inlet bar (abs) N/A
.
Pressure drop air side calculated / allowed Pa N/A

Pressure drop product side calculated / allowed bar N/A
PLANT
Velocity (face) air side calculated / allowed m/s N/A

Velocity (average) prod.sidecalculated / allowed m/s N/A
2
Film coefficient Note-1) average W / m .K
Fouling resistance Note-1) m2.K / W 0.00017
:
Bond resistance (if applicable) m2.K / W N/A
GENERAL DATA FAN / MOTOR DATA

Total heat duty : * kW Number of fans / motors per bay : *
Effective temp. difference : * K Air flow rate per fan : * kg/s
Overall coefficient clean 2) : * W / m2.K Fan diameter : * m

2 2
Overall coefficient fouled ) : * W / m .K Number of blades per fan : *
o
Angle setting : --
Number of bays per item : * Fan speed : * rpm
Appendix-B2
Number of bundles per bay : * Power consumend per fan : * kW
Bundles connected in series : in parallel : Motor power installed per motor : * kW
Total req. bare surface per item: * m2 Fans provided with : Motor
Total eff. bare surface of item
: * m2 Louvres : no / manually / air-operated
Contr. Job
Document No. :
MESC
Eff. bare surface of bundle : * m2 Air heating facilities : no / heating coil / air circulation
Rev. letter
SAP Req. No.
Equipm. No.
Sheet No. 4
Sign.
Date
Eff. extended surface of bundle : * m2 Type of fan inlet bell : elliptical / radius / cone / none
CONSTRUCTION DATA PER BUNDLE 1) Film coefficients and fouling resistance are related to inside
*
No. :
Bundle width : m Header type : cover / plug / manifold / billet / U-bend surfaces of tube for product side and bare outside surface of tube
No. :
Number of tube rows : * Split header required : Yes / No for air side.
Number of passes : * Plug diameter : * mm 2) Overall coefficients are related to the bare outer diameter of the tubes
O
.
cont'd on sheet No.
Number of rows per pass : * Inlet nozzle number x DN: * x * mm 3) : ' * ' Vendor to furnish.
o
Slope of bundle : * Outlet nozle number x DN: * x * mm 4) : ' ** ' Vendor to confirm.
.
page:
Number of tubes : * Type of finning * : emb./ integral / L-footed / welded / none
Tube O.D. (plain end) : * mm Number of fins per meter : *
Tube wall thickness : * mm Height of fins : * mm
.
Tube length (straight) : * m Average thickness of fins : * mm

Tube pitch : * mm
o
Tube lay-out angle * : 30 / 45 / 60 / 90 Mass per bundle dry/wet: * / * kg
.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
1
2
3
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP NUMBER(S) P REQUISITION/TENDER/ORDER SPECIFICATION SHEET
Doc #
4 Customer's ref. : Pump manufacturer
5 Location :
6 Tender spec. dated : Pump type / size
7 Order spec. dated :
8 Number required : Manuf. ref. No.
9 OPERATING DATA
10 Liquid : Pumping temperature : °C
11 H2S content : yes / no / due to p.p.m. Minimum design temperature : °C
12 Hazardous service : yes / no / due to Density at pumping temperature : kg/m3
13 Corrosive / erosive : yes / no / due to Viscosity at pumping temperature : mm2/s (=cSt)
14 Operation : intermittent / continuous / parallel Vapour pressure at pumping temp. : bar abs
15 Capacity : normal / rated dm3/s Pressure in suction vessel : bar abs
16 Minimum process flow : dm3/s Pressure in discharge vessel : bar abs
17 Specific process : Conditions during start / stop / transient
18
19
20 PUMPING DATA
21 Head in suction vessel : m liq. abs Head in discharge vessel : m liq. abs
22 Height of liquid level in suction vessel Height of liquid level in discharge vessel
23 above / below pump centre line (min.) : m above / below pump centre line (max.) : m
24 Total head loss in suction line : Total head loss in discharge line :
25 between suction vessel and pump : m liq. between pump and discharge vessel : m liq.
26 Total minimum suction head : m liq. abs Total maximum discharge head : m liq. abs
27 Head of vapour pressure : m liq. abs Differential head at rated capacity : m liq.
28 Minimum available NPSH : m liq. Power at estimated efficiency : kW / %
29 SITE CONDITIONS PUMP DRIVE
30 Ambient temperature max. / min. : / °C Electric motor (variable speed) / steam turbine / combustion engine
31 Area Classification: Drive: direct / gear
32 Other: Estimated installed power: kW
33 Remarks:
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58 Pumps shall be in accordance with DEP 31.29.02.30- Gen., except refrigerant submerged motor pumps, which shall be as per DEP 31.29.06.30 - Gen.
59 Made by Date Rev. O A B
60 EQUIPMENT : Compressor - xx Pump Date
61 Checked by Date PLANT : Sign.
62 Appr. By : Date CONSIGNEE : P.D.O. Sheet no. 1 cont'd on sheet no. 2
63 Eng. by : Equipm. No.
64 Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1
2
3
4 Customer's ref. : Doc #

5 Manu. ref. :
6 Data Req. Sheet Tender Spec. Order Spec.
7 DESIGN OPERATING CONDITIONS
8 Speed rpm
9 Capacity, rated dm3/s
10 Differential head at rated m liq.
11 Efficiency at rated %
12 Power absorbed at duty kW
13 Power absorbed at 125% BEP kW
14 Recomm. Power Driver kW
15 Viscous correction factors CQ / CH / CE / / / / / /
16 NPSH available at rated m liq.
17 NPSH req'd for water at rated m liq.
18 PUMP DESIGN
19 Pump type :
20 Horz. / Vert. / Vertical close-coupled
21 Horz. / Vert. Split
22 Overhung / In between Bearings
23 Single / double volute; diffuser type
24 Centre line / foot mounted
25 Single / double suction
26 Direct. of rotation (facing driven end) CW / CCW CW / CCW CW / CCW
27 Number of stages
28 Max. / actual / min. impeller diameter mm / / / / / /
29 Max. allowable casing working pressure bar ga
30 Max. allowable jacket / C.W. piping pressure bar ga
31 Suction specific speed with max. impeller diameter at BEP
32 dm3/s - m - rpm
33 Min. continuous stable / thermal flow / / /
34 Capacity at B.E.P. (actual impeller)
35 MECHANICAL SEAL yes / no yes / no yes / no
36 Make / type
37 API classification
38 API seal piping plan
39 Balanced / unbalanced
40 Barrier / Quench fluid
41 Cartridge mounted yes / no yes / no yes / no
42 Allowable Reverse Pressure bar abs
43 Seal flush quantity required dm3/s
44 Seal barrier flow required dm3/s
45 Pressure rating Static / Dynamic bar abs
46 Seal Chamber Pressure bar abs
47 Maximum Temperature Rating °C
48 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
49 Casing or barrel
50 Inner casing
51 Casing studs
52 Minimum wall thickness mm
53 Cover
54 Casing gaskets yes / no
55 Wet bolting
56 Bearing bracket
57 Impeller
58 Impeller wear ring hardness HB
59 Casing wear ring hardness HB
60 Wear ring coating yes / no
61 Diffuser
62 Shaft
63 Shaft sleeve for seal
64 Interstage shaft sleeve
65 Interstage bushing
66 Balance drum
67 Balance ring
68 Throttle bushing
69 Throat bushing
70 Gland or seal end plate
71 Stationary seal face
Eng. by : Equipm. No. xxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1
2
3
Doc #
4 Customer's ref. :
5 Manu. ref. : Data Req. Sheet Tender Spec. Order Spec.
6 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION (Cont.)
7 Rotating seal face
8 Seal spring(s) / Bellow
9 Seal O ring, cups, wedges
10 WEIGHTS
11 Pump kg
12 Driver kg
13 BEARING AND LUBRICATION
14 Type of bearing lubrication grease/pressurized/ring oiled grease/pressurized/ring oiled grease/pressurized/ring oiled
15 purge / pure oil mist purge / pure oil mist purge / pure oil mist
16 Radial bearings : type; make
17 Thrust bearings : type; make
18
19 Forced feed lubrication API 614 yes / no yes / no yes / no
20 Lubricator : type; make; model
21 Lub oil heater (electric / steam)
22 COOLING
23 Medium / temp. °C / press. (bar ga) max. at INLET / / / / / /
24 Cooling water piping API plan / material / / /
25 Flow to stuffing box / bearings / dm3/s yes / no / yes / no / yes / no /
26 gland / pedestal / dm3/s yes / no / yes / no / yes / no /
27 PIPING
28 Discharge : size (in.); ANSI flange class
29 position (facing driven end) End / Top / Side End / Top / Side End / Top / Side
30 Suction : size (in.); ANSI flange class
31 position (facing driven end) End / Top / Side End / Top / Side End / Top / Side
32 Connections on seal gland screwed / welded
33 ACCESSORIES AND MATERIALS
34 Baseplate : combined / separate
35 Foundation bolts yes / no yes / no yes / no
36 Coupling make / type / / /
37 Coupling guard - non sparking
38 Vibration equipment / connections yes / no
39 Manufacturer / type /
40 INSPECTION AND TEST
41 Inspection class
42 Material certificates press. cont. parts / internals / / /
43 Test Required Witnessed / Observed / /
44 Hydrostatic test Required yes / no / /
45 Performance test Required yes / no / /
46 NPSHR test Required yes / no / /
47 Sound level test Required yes / no / /
48 Complete unit test Required yes / no / /
49 Aux. equipment test Required yes / no / /
50 Disassembly Required yes / no / /
51 Pump speed during performance test rpm
52 Performance test data on water - cap / head / power / / / / / /
53 Test bed / actual driver installed
54 Hydrostatic test pressure - casing / jackets / piping bar ga / / / / / /
55 Special tests
56 REFERENCES
57 Driver drawing for baseplate design
58 Outline drawing
59 Pump cross-sectional drawing / incl. internal clearances
60 Mechanical seal detail drawing
61 Pump performance curve
62 Special curves
63 Other documents
64 Seal harness schematics
Eng. by : Equipm. No. xxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1 34 Requisition / Indent No. 16

Sub- Serial Sheet no. 1, cont'd on sheet no. 2
OCDA.
Status
code
Card
Sep.
365
012
Ind.
T T D Prefix Project No. group No. Symbol POE Var. Date Proj.
No. Dest. No. d/m/y dur.
4 3 A
1 34 10 16 17 18 20 21 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
Data / requisition sheet for STRAINERS / FILTERS Appendix-B2

DATA AND CONDITIONS
General Filtration data 47 Accounts code
Equipment Nr. : Type of filter required : single basket / multiple basket / sieve element
Location : cartridge / precoat filter / duplex filter Reference
Number required : Nature of solids : indicator
Particle size of solids to be removed : and over Made by
Operating data Number of filter elements required : pcs Checked by
2
Service / Fluid to be filtered : Gross filter area : cm
Viscosity at operating temperature : mPa.s (cP) mm2/s (cSt) Free flow filter area : cm3 Purchase action by : Central Purchasing / Local c
3
Density at operating temperature : kg/m Requirements for calculation of
3 3
Flow rate : dm /s m /h free flow filter area - if any : Authorized for
Working pressure : kPa bar Requirements for ratio between inlet purchase action
Working temperature : °C section and free flow filter area - if any :
Pressure drop across clean filter : kPa bar Backwash facilities required : yes / no
Pressure drop across dirty filter Backwash fluid : Recommended supplier :
= max. allowable pressure drop : kPa bar Backwash pressure : kPa bar
Special requirements - if any :
Additional operating data (if applicable) INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH TENDER
Relative molecular mass vapour : Cross-sectional and arrangement (outline) drawings
Slurry Viscosity at working temperature : mPa.s (cP) Pressure drop over clean filter
Density at working temperature : kg/m3 Filtration area
Vapour Viscosity at working temperature : mPa.s (cP) REMARKS ON REVISIONS Var. Rev. Date Initial
Density at working temperature : kg/m3 No letter
PLANT : xxxxxx ENG. BY : xxxxxx Doc # Contractor Job No.

CONSIGNEE : P.D.O. PRINCIPAL : P.D.O. xxxxxxxx
Abbreviated description
17 18 19 21 26 27 30 45 50 54 55 64 65 70
From Rev. Item Total Equipment MESC No. Estimated item Quantity chang
OCDA
Card
store letter No. quantity Unit No. value

required
D P C
D
D
64 65 67 72 73 74 75

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Sub- Serial Sheet no. 2, cont'd on sheet no. 3
OCDA.
Status
code
Card
Sep.
365
012
Ind.
T T D Prefix Project No. group No. Symbol POE Var. Date Proj.
4 3 A
1 34 10 16 17 18 20 21 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
Data / requisition sheet for STRAINERS / FILTERS (continued) Appendix-B2

Mechanical data Mechanical data (continued)
Design temperature : °C Design code : 47 Accounts code
Design pressure : kPa bar Amendments to design code : DEP.
Test pressure : kPa bar DEP. Reference
Corrosion allowance : mm NACE. indicator
Inlet connection : flanged: ANS, class RF Others : Made by
Outlet connection : flanged: ANS, class RF Checked by
Drain connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : Additional design data (if applicable)
Vent connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : Wind speed : Purchase action by : Central Purchasing / Local company
Safety valve connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : Earthquake :
Level gauge connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : Authorized for
Pressure gauge connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : purchase action
Backwash connection : flanged: ANS, class RF / Screwed : Reference drawings :
Cover closure (for cleaning) : bolted / quick opening / with davit
Skirt/saddles/brackets/supports : Recommended supplier :
Lifting lug(s) :
Nameplate :
Nameplate bracket :
Support for insulation :
Manhole / handhole :
Earthing boss : Documents required
Change-over valve type : Refer to DEP 40.10.01.93 - Gen.
Flange finish : serrated spiral / smooth
(Ra 6.3 to 12.5 m / Ra 3.2 to 6.3 m)
PLANT : xxxxxxx COMPRESSION PLANT ENG. BY : xxxxxx Doc # xxxxxxxxx Contractor Job No.
CONSIGNEE : P.D.O. PRINCIPAL : P.D.O. xxxxxxxx
17 18 19 21 26 27 30 45 50 54 55 64 65 70
From Rev. Item Total Equipment MESC No. Estimated item Quantity change
OCDA
Card

required
D P C
D
D
64 65 67 72 73 74 75

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Sub- Serial Sheet no. 3, cont'd on sheet -no. -
OCDA.
Status
code
Card
Sep.
365
012
Ind.
T TD Prefix Project No. group No. Symbol POE Var. Date Proj.
4 3 A
1 34 10 16 17 18 20 21 23 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
Data / requisition sheet for STRAINERS / FILTERS (continued) Appendix-B2

Material specification Inspection and tests
Part ASTM No. Inspection required : yes / no 47 Accounts code
Housing (vessel) Inspection authority :
Housing flanges Radiography : % Reference
Connection flanges Ultrasonic : indicator
Bolts / nuts Stress relieving certification : yes / no type Made by
Gaskets Other non destructive testing : yes / no type Checked by
Elements / cartridge / baskets
Internals Purchase action by : Central Purchasing / Local company
Elements / cartridge internals
Elements / cartridge assembly plate welded / bolted Authorized for
Change-over valve purchase action
Body Additional requirements
Stem
Ball Recommended supplier :
Others
Painting requirements (DEP 30.48.00.31 - Gen.)

Grit blasting :
Internal coating :
Minimum dry film thickness :
External painting (corr. prot.) :
Minimum dry film thickness :
PLANT : xxxxxxxx COMPRESSION PLANT ENG. BY : xxxxx Doc # xxxxxxx Rev 0 Contractor Job No.
CONSIGNEE : P.D.O. PRINCIPAL : P.D.O. xxxxxx
17 18 19 21 26 27 30 45 50 54 55 64 65 70
From Rev. Item Total Equipment MESC No. Estimated item Quantity change
OCDA
Card

required
D P C
D
D
64 65 67 72 73 74 75

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxxxx Page: 1 of 3

SPECIAL PURPOSE GEAR UNIT Contr. Job No.: xxxxxxx
OR Variable speed Fluid coupling with Integral gear MESC No.:
1 APPLICABLE TO: PROPOSAL PURCHASE AS BUILT
2 For xxxxxxxx Manufacturer
3 Site xxxxxxxx Model No.
4 Unit Serial No.
5 Service CONTINUOUS Driver Type SYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC MOTOR (Note-1)
6 No. Required xxxx Driven Equipment CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
7
8
9 Information to be completed by Purchaser Information to be completed by Manufacturer
10 RATING REQUIREMENTS BASIC GEAR DATA
11 Driven Equip. Power Normal Max
12 Driver Power Rated Max Mechanical rating kW@ RPM
13 Gear rated power Full load power loss kW
14 Torque @ Max Cont Speed kg m Mechanical efficiency %
15 Max torque kg m @ RPM Pitch line velocity m/sec
16 Rated Speed, RPM Tooth pitting index, "K':
17 Input Specified Nominal Actual Allowable
18 Output Specified Nominal Tangentail load, "W t": kg
19 Allow Var in Gear Ratio (+) (-) % Bending stress number, "St":
20 Max continuous speed RPM Pinion Gear
21 Trip Speed RPM Actual
22 Gear service factor (Min) Allowable
23 Pinion Hardness Material index number
24 Shaft assembly designation Anticipated SPL dBA@ m
25 HS shaft rot fac'g cpl'g CW CCW Journal static weight loads:
26 LS shaft rot fac'g cpl'g CW CCW Pinion kg Gear kg
27 HS shaft end: Cylindrical Taper 1-Key 2-Keys WR2 referred to LS shaft kg-mm2
28 Hydraulic taper Integral flange Breakaway torque N-m @ LS shaft
29 LS shaft end: Cylindrical Taper 1-Key 2-Keys
30 Hydraulic taper Integral flange CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
31 External loads TYPE OF GEAR Reducer Increaser
32 Other operating conditions Single stage Double stage
33 Single helical Double helical
34 INSTALLATION DATA Epicyclic Parallel Shaft
35 Indoor Heated Under roof TEETH
36 Outdoor Unheated Partial slides Number of Teeth Pinion Gear
37 Grade Mezzanine Gear ratio Center Dist mm
38 Winterization Req'd Tropicalization Req'd Pitch dia, mm Pinion Gear
39 Electrical Area Class Grp Div Finish RA AGMA geometry factor "J":
40 Max allow SPL dBA @ m Pinion Gear
41 Elevation m Barometer kPa abs Helix angle Degrees
42 Range of ambient temperatures: Normal pressure angle Degrees
43 Dry bulb Wet bulb Net face width, "Fw" mm Pinion L/D
44 Normal C C Normal diametral pitch Blacklash mm
45 Maximum C C Tooth plating Recom'd Not recom'd
46 Minimum C C MANUFACTURING METHODS
47 Usual conditions Dust Fumes Teeth generated by the Process
48 Teeth finished by the Process
49 NOTES: 1) with speed variation through Variable frequency drive. Teeth hardening method
50 Gear to shaft Integral Shrunk-on
51 Rim attachment
52
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT: xxxxxxx Rev. letter 0
Date
Checked by: Date PLANT: xxxxx COMPRESSION Sign. STA
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE: PDO Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2
Eng. by: Equipment No. xxxxxx

Principal: Req. No. xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for DOC No.: xxxx Page: 1 OF 3

SPECIAL PURPOSE GEAR UNITS Contr. Job No.: xxxxx
MESC No.:
1 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RADIAL BEARINGS
2 MOUNTING PLATES Pinion Gear
3 Gear furnished with: Type
4 Baseplate Soleplates(s) Subplates(s) Diameter, mm
5 Mounting plate(s) Furnished by Length, mm
6 Equipment on baseplate Journal velocity, m/sec
7 Loading, kPa
8 Baseplate with leveling pads Clearance (min-max), mm
9 Baseplate suitable for column mounting Span, mm
10 Grout type Epoxy
11 PAINTING THRUST BEARING(S)
12 MISCELLANEOUS Location
13 Undamped critical analysis report: Manufacturer
14 With damped rotor response analysis report Type
15 Torsional analysis by Gear Vendor Other Size
16 Spare set of gear rotors Area, mm2
17 Gear case furnished with inlet purge connection Loading, kPa
18 Orientation of oil inlet and drain connections Rating, kPa
19 Int. thrust load, N (+)(-)
20 Ext. thrust load, N (+)(-)
21
22 COUPLINGS (S)
23 Manufacturer
24 VIBRATION DETECTORS Model
25 RADIAL Cplg. rating, kW/100 RPM
26 Manufacturer Cplg. gear pitch dia., mm
27 No. at each shaft bearing Total No. Cplg. press. angle, deg.
28 Oscillator-demodulators supplied by Cylindrical / 1-key
29 Manufacturer Cylindrical / 2-keys
30 Monitor supplied by Tapered / 1-key
31 Location Enclosure Tapered / 2 keys
32 Manufacturer Tapered / keyless
33 Alarm Shutdown
34 Shutdown Time delay Seconds MATERIALS
35 AXIAL Gear casing Oil seals
36 Manufacturer No. required Radial bearings
37 Location Thrust bearing(s)
38 Oscillator-demodulators supplied by HS shaft LS shaft
39 Manufacturer Pinion (s) Hardness
40 Monitor supplied by Gear rim(s) Hardness
41 Location Enclosure Low temp. operation
42 Manufacturer
43 Alarm Shutdown PIPING CONNECTIONS
44 Shutdown Time delay Seconds No. Size Type
45 ACCELEROMETER Service
46 Manufacturer No. required Lube oil inlet
47 Location Lube oil outlet
48 Monitor supplied by Casing drain
49 Vent
50 Casing purge
51
52
53 NOTES:
54
55
Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No. 3
Eng. by: Equipment No. xxxxxxx

Principal: Req. No. xxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxxxxx Page: 3 of 3

SPECIAL PURPOSE GEAR UNITS Contr. Job No.: xxxxx
MESC No.:
1 INSTRUMENTS INSPECTION AND TESTS
2 Mercury thermometers Req'd Wit Ob- Test
3 Bearing metal temp. sensors ness served log
Shop inspection
4 CONTRACT DATA Cleanliness inspection
5 Vendor's rep at site Hardness verification inspection
6 Test data prior to shipment Dismantle-reassembly inspection
7 Progress reports Contact check
8 Contact check tape lift
9 Journal runout check
10 Axial stability check
11 Rotor balancing machine sensitivity check
12 Residual unbalance check
13 SHIPMENT Mechanical run test
14 Contract unit Spares Mechanical run test (spare rotors)
15 Export boxing Add'l mechanical tests
16 Domestic boxing Part or full load and full speed test
17 Outdoor storage over 6 months Full torque, slow roll test
18 Full torque static test
19 COUPLINGS AND GUARDS Back-to-back locked torque test
20 High speed Low speed Sound level test
21 Coupling furnished by Additional gear tooth test
22 Coupling type Use shop lube system
23 Coupling lubrication Use job lube system
24 Mount coupling halves Use shop vibration probes, etc.
25 Taper Other
26 Limited end float Final assembly, maintenenace & running clearance
27 Cplg. guard furnished by Oil system cleanliness
28 LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS Oil system-casing joint thightness
29 Oil system furnished by Warning and protection devices
30 Oil visc.: cP@ 40 C cP@100 C
31 LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS NOTES
32 Min startup oil temperature C API 613, 5th edition applies
33 Unit oil flow (total) m3/hr DEP 31.29.00.32.-Gen. applies
34 Unit oil pressure kPa
35 Oil flow, mesh 3
m /hr
36 Oil flow, HS bearing m3/hr
37 Oil flow, LS bearings m3/hr
38 Oil flow, thrust bearing(s) m3/hr
40 Filter breather location
41 GEAR DATA
42 Power loss each HS bearing
43 Power loss each LS bearing
44 Power loss each thrust bearing
45 Pinion Gear
46 Outside diameter, mm
47 Root diameter, mm
48 Center groove diameter, mm
49 Durability power
50 Strength power
51 Face overlap ratio
52 Transverse contact ratio
53 Length line of action, mm
54
Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No.
Eng. by: Equipment No. xxxxxxx

Principal: Req. No. xxxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxx Page: 1 of 2

HIGH SPEED SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLING Contr. Job No.: xxxx
MESC No.:
1 NOTE: INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER BY COUPLING MANUFACTURER
3 Owner: PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN No. Required Four
4 Site: xxxxx Service: CONTINUOUS
5 Driver Type GEAR UNIT Manufacturer Model

6 Nameplate power (kW) Service factor Serial No. Tag No.
7 Driven Unit: CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR Manufacturer Model
8 Serial No. Tag No. K-5501/02/03/04
9 Coupling type: Flexible element Gear Quill shaft Other METALLIC FLEXIBLE DISC / DIAPHRAGM *
10 Manufacturer: Model Size Ass'y. Dwg. No.
11 Conditions considered for coupling selection Ratings

12 Conditions Torque @ RPM Torque @ RPM Service
13 (N-m) (N-m) Factor
14 Normal Normal
15 Driven rated load Peak
16 Maximum steady state Momentary
17 Maximum transient Shaft juncture
18 Trip condition driving
19 Continuous cyclic Shaft juncture
20 Other: driven
21 Frequency of transients (events/time) Non-synchronous exciting frequency
22 Coupling minimum required service factor, SF
23 Ambient temperature (° C) Maximum Minimum
24 Environment Hydrogen chloride Hydrogen sulfide Other:
25 LUBRICATION
26 Continuous Batch Non-lubricated
27 Viscosity @ °C Filtration microns
28 Pressure (bar) Temperature (° C) Flow (m3/h)
29 COUPLING DATA
30 Shaft separation (including thermal growths) (mm B.S.E.):
31 @ Ambient temp. @ Normal operation @ Maximum transient
32 Motor rotor float (mm) Limited end float (mm)
33 Marine type required Flex-hub type required Electrically insulated
34 Required misalignment capability
35 Steady state: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
36 Transient: Angular (deg.) Parallel offset (mm) Axial (mm)
37 Maximum allowable misalignment
40 Component balance OR Component balance with assembly check balance
41 OR Component balance with assembly balance
42 Residual unbalance check of assembled couplings Balance repeatability check
43 Maximum allowable residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
44 Maximum actual residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
45 Torsional stiffness (kg-mm/RAD)
46 WR2 (kg-mm2) Driver end Driven end
47 Spacer lateral natural frequency
48 Torque capacity of hub/shaft interface for keyless fits (N-m)
Made by: Date 11/9/05 EQUIPMENT: xxxxx COMPRESSOR Rev. letter 0

Date ######
Checked by: Date 11/9/05 PLANT: xxxxxxx COMPRESSION Sign. STA
Appr. by: Date 11/9/05 CONSIGNEE: PDO Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2
Eng. by : Equipment No. xxxxxx

Principal : Req. No. xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxxxxxxx Page: 2 of 2

HIGH SPEED SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLING Contr. Job No.: xxxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 Flexible-element coupling
2 Initial deflection (mm) Prestretch Compression Maximum axial deflection (mm)
3 Calculated axial natural frequency Test of ANF Actual ANF
4 Maximum enclosure temperature at maximum continuous speed (° C)
5 MATERIALS
6 DRIVE END MATERIALS DRIVEN END MATERIALS
7 Hub/flange
8 Spacer
9 Sleeve
10 Flexible-element
11 Flexible-element guard
12 Bolts
13 Nuts
14 Protective coating Vendor standard
15 Internal teeth hardness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
16 External teeth harness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
17 Coupling hub machining

18 Drive end Driven end
19 Type (integral, cylindrical, taper)
20 Keyed or hydraulically fitted
21 Taper (1 deg. I.A. 1/2 in. per ft., 3/4 in. per ft.)
22 Keyway dimensions and number
23 Nominal bore diameter
24 Interference fit (mm) max./min.
25 Puller holes
26 Trim balance holes
27 COUPLING GUARD
28 Coordinator Purge gas Dry air purge
29 Flanged cylindrical Base mount Purge connection size & type
30 Air tight Oil tight Purge m3/h required
31 Spark resistant Oil mist cooling Gas cooling
32 Transparent window for each oil spray point Contract guard to be used during shop test
33 Vent connection Additional guard details
34 1 inch NPT with filter-breather
35 1 inch flanged, rating & facing
36 ACCESSORIES
37 Prime equipment supplier to furnish one set of plug Hydraulic installation/removal tooling (to include hand pump(s), pressure
38 and ring gages Lapping tools gauge(s), fittings and hose(s)) by
39 Drill template for integral flanged hubs Purchaser Coupling manufacturer
40 Coupling manufacturer Purchaser Puller by coupling manufacturer
41 Two-piece stop rings by coupling manufacturer Moment simulator Solo plate
42 Applicable specification Preparation for shipment
43 API-671, special purpose couplings Outdoors storage for more than 3 months
44 DEP 31.29.00.36-Gen. Expected storage time
45 Shipping: Domestic Storage: Indoor
46 Export Outdoor
47 See coupling purchase order for preservation, boxing, and shipping instructions
48
49 Coordination meeting attendance required
NOTES: 1) " * " means vendor to confirm / advise.

2) Vendor shall submit this data sheet duly filled in addition to API 671 format.
Eng. by : Equipment No. xxxxxxx

Principal : Req. No. xxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxxxxx Page: 1 of 2

LOW SPEED SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLING Contr. Job No.: xxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 NOTE: INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER BY COUPLING MANUFACTURER
3 Owner: PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN No. Required Four
4 Site: xxxxxxxx Service: CONTINUOUS
5 Driver Type SYN ELECTRIC MOTOR Manufacturer Model

6 Nameplate power (kW) Service factor Serial No. Tag No.
7 Driven Unit: GEAR UNIT Manufacturer Model
8 Serial No. Tag No.
9 Coupling type: Flexible element Gear Quill shaft Other METALLIC FLEXIBLE DISC / DIAPHRAGM *
10 Manufacturer: Model Size Ass'y. Dwg. No.
11 Conditions considered for coupling selection Ratings

12 Conditions Torque @ RPM Torque @ RPM Service
13 (N-m) (N-m) Factor
14 Normal Normal
15 Driven rated load Peak
16 Maximum steady state Momentary
17 Maximum transient Shaft juncture
18 Trip condition driving
19 Continuous cyclic Shaft juncture
20 Other: driven
21 Frequency of transients (events/time) Non-synchronous exciting frequency
22 Coupling minimum required service factor, SF
23 Ambient temperature (° C) Maximum Minimum
24 Environment Hydrogen chloride Hydrogen sulfide Other:
25 LUBRICATION
26 Continuous Batch Non-lubricated
27 Viscosity @ °C Filtration microns
28 Pressure (bar) Temperature (° C) Flow (m3/h)
29 COUPLING DATA
30 Shaft separation (including thermal growths) (mm B.S.E.):
31 @ Ambient temp. @ Normal operation @ Maximum transient
32 Motor rotor float (mm) Limited end float (mm)
33 Marine type required Flex-hub type required Electrically insulated
34 Required misalignment capability
37 Maximum allowable misalignment
40 Component balance OR Component balance with assembly check balance
41 OR Component balance with assembly balance
42 Residual unbalance check of assembled couplings Balance repeatability check
43 Maximum allowable residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
44 Maximum actual residual unbalance (g-mm) Driver end Driven end
45 Torsional stiffness (kg-mm/RAD)
46 WR2 (kg-mm2) Driver end Driven end
47 Spacer lateral natural frequency
48 Torque capacity of hub/shaft interface for keyless fits (N-m)
Made by: Date EQUIPMENT: xxxxx COMPRESSOR Rev. letter 0

Date ######
Checked by: Date PLANT: xxxxxx COMPRESSION Sign.
Appr. by: Date CONSIGNEE: PDO Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2
Eng. by : Equipment No. xxxxx

Principal : Req. No. xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Doc No.: xxxxxxxx Page: 2 of 2

LOW SPEED SPECIAL PURPOSE COUPLING Contr. Job No.: xxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 Flexible-element coupling
2 Initial deflection (mm) Prestretch Compression Maximum axial deflection (mm)
3 Calculated axial natural frequency Test of ANF Actual ANF
4 Maximum enclosure temperature at maximum continuous speed (° C)
5 MATERIALS
6 DRIVE END MATERIALS DRIVEN END MATERIALS
7 Hub/flange
8 Spacer
9 Sleeve
10 Flexible-element
11 Flexible-element guard
12 Bolts
13 Nuts
14 Protective coating Vendor standard
15 Internal teeth hardness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
16 External teeth harness (Rockwell C) Drive end actual Driven end actual
17 Coupling hub machining

18 Drive end Driven end
19 Type (integral, cylindrical, taper)
20 Keyed or hydraulically fitted
21 Taper (1 deg. I.A. 1/2 in. per ft., 3/4 in. per ft.)
22 Keyway dimensions and number
23 Nominal bore diameter
24 Interference fit (mm) max./min.
25 Puller holes
26 Trim balance holes
27 COUPLING GUARD
28 Coordinator Purge gas Dry air purge
29 Flanged cylindrical Base mount Purge connection size & type
30 Air tight Oil tight Purge m3/h required
31 Spark resistant Oil mist cooling Gas cooling
32 Transparent window for each oil spray point Contract guard to be used during shop test
33 Vent connection Additional guard details
34 1 inch NPT with filter-breather
35 1 inch flanged, rating & facing
36 ACCESSORIES
37 Prime equipment supplier to furnish one set of plug Hydraulic installation/removal tooling (to include hand pump(s), pressure
38 and ring gages Lapping tools gauge(s), fittings and hose(s)) by
39 Drill template for integral flanged hubs Purchaser Coupling manufacturer
40 Coupling manufacturer Purchaser Puller by coupling manufacturer
41 Two-piece stop rings by coupling manufacturer Moment simulator Solo plate
42 Applicable specification Preparation for shipment
43 API-671, special purpose couplings Outdoors storage for more than 3 months
44 DEP 31.29.00.36-Gen. Expected storage time
45 Shipping: Domestic Storage: Indoor
46 Export Outdoor
47 See coupling purchase order for preservation, boxing, and shipping instructions
48
49 Coordination meeting attendance required
NOTES: 1) " * " means vendor to advise.

2) Vendor shall submit this data sheet duly filled in addition to API 671 format.
Eng. by : Equipment No. xxxxxx

Principal : Req. No. xxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
Data / requisition sheet for Document No.: xxxxxxx
ROTARY PUMPS Contr. Job No.:xxxxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 Equipment No. : Number required :
2 OPERATING DATA
3 Liquid : Pumping temperature : °C
4 Hazardous service : yes / no Density at pumping temperature : kg/m3
5 Corrosive / erosive : yes / no / due to Viscosity at pumping temperature : mm2/s (=cSt)
6 Operation : intermittent / continuous / parallel Vapour pressure at pumping temperature : bar abs
7 Capacity, minimum / maximum : / dm3/s Pressure in suction vessel : bar abs
8 Starting conditions : Pressure in discharge vessel : bar abs
9 PUMPING DATA
10 Head in suction vessel : m liq. abs Head in discharge vessel : m liq. abs
11 Height of liquid level in suction vessel Height of liquid level in discharge vessel :
12 above / below pump centre line (min.) : m above / below pump centre line (max.) : m
13 Total head loss in suction line : Total head loss in discharge line :
14 between suction vessel and pump : m liq. between pump and discharge vessel : m liq.
15 Total minimum suction head : m liq. abs Total maximum discharge head : m liq. abs
16 Head of vapour pressure : m liq. abs Differential head at rated capacity : m liq.
17 Minimum available NPSH : m liq. Estimated power required : kW
18 MECHANICAL DATA
19 Type : screw / gear / lobe Cooling / heating required on stuffing box : yes / no
20 - horizontal / vertical Cooling water hardness : yes / no ; open / closed system
21 Direction of rotation (facing driven end) : cw / ccw (preferably ccw) Cooling water : fresh / brackish / salt
22 Speed r/min Cooling water, max. temperature at inlet : °C at bar ga
23 Test pressure bar abs Heating jacket : yes / no Test pressure bar ga
24 Capacity control : yes / no / speed control / by-pass Mechanical seal : yes / no
25 Sleeve / ball or roller bearings : inside / outside - make / type :
26 Outside timing gears : yes / no - API 610 classification code :
27 Bearing lubrication : liquid / grease / oil - API 610 seal piping plan :
28 Lantern ring connection on stuffing box : yes / no / plugged
29 Casing vent / drain gauge connection : yes / no / plugged
30 Position of nozzles (facing driven end), flanged or threaded conditions
31 Suction : - top / side : ANS class Discharge : - top / side : ANS class
32 - flange face finish : serrated spiral / smooth - flange face finish : serrated spiral / smooth
33 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION ACCESSORIES
34 Part ASTM No. Baseplate suitable for grouting : drain rim / drain pan type
35 Casing and cover Foundation bolts : yes / no
36 Internals Coupling make / type
37 Shaft Gear : yes / no
38 Shaft sleeve - AGMA / API 613 service factor :
39 Gland / seal end plate Relief valve to suction : yes / no / by others
40 Gaskets to be alkaline resistant yes / no
41 PUMP DRIVE
42 Electric motor (variable speed) / steam turbine / combustion engine
43 Drive : direct / gear
44 Estimated installed power : kW
45 SITE CONDITIONS
46 Ambient temperature max. / min. : / °C
47 Other :
48
49 Pumps and test shall be in accordance with API Std 676
51
52
53
54
55
Made by Date Rev. O A B
EQUIPMENT :xxxx Compressor XX Oil Pump Date
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxxx Sign.
Eng. by :xxxxxx Equipm. No. xxxxxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
Data / requisition sheet for Document No.: xxxxxxx
ROTARY PUMPS - cont. sheet Contr. Job No.:xxxxxx
MESC No.:
1 INSPECTION AND TESTS
2 Required Witnessed
3 Dimensional /internal inspection yes yes / no
4 Hydrostatic test yes yes / no
5 Performance test including mechanical test run (at least 4 hours) yes yes / no
6 NPSH test yes / no yes / no
7
8 Material certificates : pressure-containing parts - internals
9
11 Vendor data shall be submitted on API 676 data sheets
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

Eng. by : T & P Equipm. No. A-5501/02/03/04
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. 1000699354

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
Data/requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:xxxx
STORAGE TANKS MESC No.:
1 TANK NUMBER : Number required : Tank with fittings / fittings only / part of tank
2 MECHANICAL DATA
3 < 37.8 °C Roof construction : cone / dome / floating
4 Contents Flash point : or Floating roof, type :-
5 37.8 °C seal :
6 Gross capacity : m3 Tank material :
7 Code : Insulation shell / roof : yes / no thickness mm
8 Diameter : m Location of fittings acc. to drawing :
9 Height : m
10 Climate : warm / temperate / cold / very cold
11 FABRICATION AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
12 Construction acc. to DEP 34.51.01.31 - Gen. Welding electrodes : as per current list of Lloyds / Controlas
13 Shell design : simple / progressive / suppliers option Welding schedule required : yes / no
14 Tankshell to be extended by windskirt : yes / no Inspection :
15
16 ERECTION DATA
17 Erection required : yes / no
18 Description of erection : acc. to DEP 64.51.01.31 - Gen.
19
20 FITTINGS AND MOUNTINGS PER TANK
21 Location and description Size Qty Drawing number Remarks
22 Shell, bottom
23 Manhole
24 Manhole
25 Nozzle, inlet
26 Nozzle, inlet
27 Nozzle
28 Nozzle
29 Nozzle
30 Centre drain for product
31 Centre drain for water
32 Side drain
33 Internal gate valve
34 Boss
35 Boss
36 Ladder with cage
37 Clean out door
38 Spiral stair case
39 Wind girder, top For floating roof tanks only
40 Wind girder, intermediate
41 Holding down bolts with brackets
42
43
44 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
53
54
55
56
Made by Date Rev. O A B
EQUIPMENT : xxxxx Compressor -xxx Tank Date
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxxxx Sign.
Eng. by :xxxxxx Equipm. No. xxxxxxxx
Principal : P.D.O. SAP Req. No. xxxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Appendix-B2
Data/requisition sheet for Contr. Job No.:xxxx
STORAGE TANKS - Cont. sheet MESC No.:
1 FITTINGS AND MOUNTINGS PER TANK - Cont'd
2 Location and description Size Qty Drawing number Remarks
3 Cone / dome roof
4 Railing around roof With / without painter brackets
5 Railing to centre of roof
6 Walkway between tanks
7 Manhole
8 Nozzle
9 Nozzle
10 Nozzle
11 Nozzle
12 Free vent Venting capacities as per
13 Pressure / vacuum valve API Std. 2000
14 Emergency venting for fire exposure
15 Dip hatch Striker plated required
16 Level gauge pole
17
18 Floating roof
19 Supports
20 Foam dam Height 75 mm above seal
21 Shunts
22 Rolling ladder with self-levelling treads
23 Gauging platform
24 Manhole, pontoon
25 Manhole, deck
26 Manhole, deck, with p/v valve connections
27 Guide / gauge pole-slotted For non custody transfer
28 Gauge well
29 Roof drain with check valve
30 Emergency draibs For double deck roofs only
31 Automatic bleeder valve
32 Rim vent
33 Dip hatch Striker plated required
34
35 Guide / level gauge pole For custody transfer
36
37 ACCESSORIES PER TANK
38 Description Size Qty Drawing number Remarks
39 Safety
40 Water spray Ref. DEP 80.47.10.31 - Gen.
41 Foam connections Ref. DEP 80.47.10.31 - Gen.
42 Earthing boss
43 Earthing of float
44
45
46
47
48 Miscellaneous
49 Level indicator
50 Heating coil
51 Swing pipe
52 Extention pipe on inlet / outlet
53 Erection key plates, etc.
54 Electrodes (incl. 10% spare)
55
56

Eng. by : xxxx Equipm. No. xxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
NOISE DATASHEET

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data / requisition sheet for Contract Job No. : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxx EQUIPMENT NOISE LIMITATION MESC No. : xxxxxx Rev 0
Type of equipment : xxxxxx COMPRESSOR PACKAGE Mechanical Power : kW

Supplier / Manufacturer : Type no. :
Coordinates : X: Y: Max. Speed : rpm
lxbxh : m
1. GENERAL
This requisition covers the noise limits of the equipment, given below. For definitions, method of measuring, etc., reference is
made to EEMUA spec. no. 140. : Noise Procedure Specification.
2. NOISE LIMITS TO BE MET BY THE EQUIPMENT

The noise generated by the equipment shall not exceed the more stringent of the noise limits given in the table below, for any
of the conditions of operation, for which the equipment may normally be expected to be used.
Lp is the maximum sound pressure level, dB re 20 Pa at any location at 1 meter from the equipment surface,
Lw is the maximum sound power level, dB re 1 pW.
If the equipment generates noise with tonal or impulsive components the limits shall be taken 5 dB(A) more stringent.
3. INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE TENDER

This noise data sheet shall be returned with the tender and with guaranteed noise data filled in where indicated by an asterix.
Supplier shall state which silencing measures were taken to meet the noise requirements.
Where applicable the completed silencer and / or acoustic enclosure data requisition sheet shall also be returned
(see DEP 31.10.00.95-Gen. / DEP 31.10.00.96-Gen.).
a b c
Equipment items / locations Noise levels guaranteed by supplier Remarks
Noise
(upper tolerance, + 0 dB) limit
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k dB(A) dB(A) Silencing measures

COMPRESSOR * Lp
(K-5501/02/03/04) Lw
MAIN Motor * Lp
Lw
GEAR UNIT * Lp
Lw
LUBE OIL COOLER * Lp
Lw
LUBE OIL SKID * Lp
Lw
VFD PANELS * Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Lp
Lw
Total * Lp 85
Lw

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Purchaser shall indicate:
- In column "c", the noise limit.
- In column "a" with an asterix*, whether noise levels for Lp or Lw, or both, are to be submitted.
- In column "b" using the appropriate number, which of the following applies to the required noise levels:
1) without acoustic provisions.
2) with acoustic provisions and / or special low noise design.
3) suppliers best estimate, not necessarily guaranteed.
4) ........................................................................................................................

SP 2054 Revision: 3
DRY GAS SEAL DATA SHEET

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/requisition sheet for Design book No. : Page :

DRY GAS SEAL SYSTEMS Contr. job No. :xxxxxxx
APPENDIX-B4 MESC No. : Doc # xxxxxxx
Note: Information to be completed by: Make :
P = Purchaser Model No.:
C = Compressor Manufacturer (= Supplier of seal support systems)
D = Dry gas seal Manufacturer (=Supplier of dry gas seal cartridges)
Overall system/utility data

1 P L P-flare/vent system available/permitted? yes/no Yes
2 P Buffer gas availability yes/no No
3 P Composition nitrogen/other: …………….
4 P Supply pressure bar (abs) minium: maximum:
5 P Available rate Sm /h (per compressor train)
6 P Separation gas availability yes/no Yes
7 P Compostion nitrogen/air/other:……………
8 P Supply pressure bar (abs) minimum: maximum:
9 P Available rate Sm /h (per compressor train)
10 C Lube oil composition mineral/synthetic/not applicable
11 C Lube-oil compatible with process gas? yes/no/not applicable
12 C Lube-oil compatible with buffer gas? ues/no/not applicable
Stage/casing specific data

13 PC Casing No. 1 2 3
14 C Sealed pressure bar (abs)
15 PC Settle-out pressure bar (abs)
16 PC Gas composition As per datasheet
17 Air mol%
18 Oxygen mol%
19 Nitrogen mol%
20 Water vapour mol%
21 Carbon Monoxide mol%
22 Hydrogen Sulphide mol%
23 Hydrogen mol%
24 Methane mol%
25 ………………………. mol%
26 ………………………. mol%
27 ………………………. mol%
28 ………………………. mol%
29 ………………………. mol%
30 ………………………. mol%
31 ………………………. mol%
32 ………………………. mol%
33 total 100 100 100
34 mole-weight kg/kmole
35 C Seal gas supply pressure bar (abs)
C Seal gas supply temperature °C
36 C Seal gas dew-point °C
37 D Selected seal arrangement (1)
38 D Uni- or bi- directional seal? uni/bi Bi
39 D Selected O-ring material Later
DC Interseal cooling leak-off required yes/no No
40 C Buffer gas system needed yes/no See comments
41 C Separation gas system needed yes/no Yes
42 DC Standby/backup seal gas
Note (1): i.e. single, tandem, triple tandem, double, etc.
Made by : Date : Equipment: Rev. 0
xxxxx COMPR letter
Checked by : Date: Plant: xxxx Date
Signed
Approved by : Date: Consigneee: PDO
Sheet No. 1 of 1
Eng. by :xxxxx Equipment No. xxxxxxx
Principal :PDO SAP Req. No. xxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
ELECTRICAL DATASHEETS

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxx

CONVERTER TRANSFORMER 132/***kV Contr. job No. : xxxxx
Doc # 2489001 MESC No. :
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS PRIMARY TERMINATION
Specification : DEP 33.65.40.31 - Gen.and SP1117 Overhead lines : NA
Location : Outdoor Bus bars : Not applicable
Maximum temperature : 55 °C Cable - type : YES
Duty : Motor Unit Transformer - data : BY VENDOR
Dia, overall/overlead :
Rated power : BY VENDOR kVA Cable box filling :
Rated primary voltage : 132 kV Cable entry :
Rated secondary voltage : ***kV CT's required : No.
Number of phases : 3
Frequency : 50 +/-2% Hz SECONDARY TERMINATION
Short circuit level : 25kA at 132 kV primary side Overhead lines : Not applicable.
Short time withstand capability : 2 s Bus bars : Not applicable
Impedence voltage : as per IEC 76 / By vendor % Cable - type : **kV Grade, Cu/ XLPE/ PVC, Armoured.
Connection Symbol : BY VENDOR - data : Later
Type : Oil immersed. Dia, overall/overlead : Later
Tank enclosure : Breathing Cable box filling : AIR
Filling : Oil filled Cable entry : sleeve / gland / cone
Auxiliary supply : 415 V, 3 ph+n, 50 Hz Size of neutral earthing gland : Later
Alarm / trip supply : DC 110 V, - Hz CT in neutral to earth conn. : As per SLD.
Type of cooling : ONAN Other CT's required : Later
Temperature indicator with 2 contacts : Yes.
Mounting : Vertical
Enclosure for dry type : Not applicable
Surge arresters required : No.
ON-LOAD TAP CHANGER

Required : No
Remote control panel : Not applicable
Tapping range : +/- 5%
Tapping steps : in steps of 2.5%(Off circuit tap changer)
Parallel operation : Not Applicable
:
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND REMARKS REMARKS ON REVISIONS
Note :
1. Unless there is an overriding design requirement, the % impedance voltage
shall be as per IEC 76
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : CONVERTER TRANSFORMER 132 / *** kV Rev.

x letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT Date
x x Sign
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN ( PDO) Sheet No. 1 continued on sheet No. 2
x
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No
Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Sap Req. No xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/Requisition sheet for Document No. :

POWER TRANSFORMER 132/**kV (continued) Contr. job No. : xxxxx
Doc # 2489001 MESC No. :
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS (Cont'd) INFO TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH QUOTATION (Cont'd)
INFO FOR POWER TRANSFORMERS FORCED COOLING SYSTEM
Motor rating : BY VENDOR kW Type of cooling :
Unit transformer shall be sized considering the KW rating of motor,voltage dip System losses :
during starting at motor terminal and minimum fault current at 132KV bus. No. of fans installed : NA W
INFO FOR GENERATOR UNIT TRANSFORMERS Type of tem. control relay : NA
Generator rating : NA MVA p.f.
Generator data sheet no. : ON-LOAD TAP CHANGER
Tapchanger - manufacturer :
INFO FOR KORNDORFER TRANSFORMERS - type/model :
Motor rating : NA kW Rated current : A
Rated voltage motor : V Control Panel - manufacturer :
Max. current drawn from system : A Voltage relay - manufacturer :
Motor data sheet no. : - type/model :
Switchgear data sheet no. :
: KORNDORFER TRANSFORMER
Note: Impedance and tappings to be confirmed with motor vendor Rated power : NA kVA
Maximum temperature : °C
INFO FOR ECONOMIC EVALUATION Impedance voltage (auto tarfo) : %
Loss capitalisation required : Yes Reactance (reactor) : ohm
Load factor (a) : By VENDOR Tappings : % %
Energy unit cost (b) : 31.50 US$/MWh Design calculation attached : Yes/No
Intrest rate (r) : 8% % p.a.
Annualisation period (t) : 25 years plant life Years TEST AND INSPECTION
Type test certificates attached for :
TEST REQUIREMENTS - temperture rise test : Yes/No
Witnessed final test : Yes - dielectric test : Yes/No
certificates of special test attached :
CERTIFICATES REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL TESTS: - Short circuit test : Yes/No
-Short circuit test : Yes - :
Other specified tests : : Following tests as per DEP 33.65.40.31-Gen - :
- : Appendix -4 shallbe conducted - :
- : a) Routine test
- : b) Type test ECONOMIC EVALUATION
- : All the above tests shall be witnessed by PDO Loss capitalisation required : Yes
- : and/ or PDO's representative.
Language on documents : English/ DOCUMENTATION
Language on labels : English/ Specified tender documentation attached : Yes/No
:
INFO TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER WITH QUOTATION DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATION
GENERAL Any deviations :
Manufacturer - name : (List deviations below)
- type/model :
Load loss : W
No-load loss : W
Efficiency atrated power, 0.8p.f. : %
Impedance voltage : %
Filling - Shell Diala oil :
- Synthetic liquid :
Sound pressure level at 0.3m : dB(A)
Lifting mass coils and core : kg
Total mass : kg
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : CONVERTER TRANSFOPRMER 132/***kV Rev.

xxxxxx letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxxxx Date
x Sign
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN ( PDO) Sheet No. 2 continued on sheet No. -
x
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No
Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Sap Req. No xxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxxx

SYNCHRONOUS AC MACHINES Contr. job No. : xxxxxx
APPENDIX-B5 MESC No. :

REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
GENERAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
Specific requirements : DEP 33.65.11.31 - Gen. Machine type : Motor
Unit transformer included : Yes Rating : By VENDOR
Pre-manufacturing meeting : Yes Speed : By VENDOR ----- r / min
Statement of compliance : Yes Power factor : By VENDOR
Additional information required : Yes (Generator) Parallel operation with : NA
SITE CONDITIONS
System voltage : 132kV, 3-phase (to be provided by Customer) Type of excitation : By VENDOR
System frequency : 50Hz - compound
System fault level : Max…25kA Min 3kA at 132kV (to be finalized later) - pilot exciter
Location : Land Direction of rotation : CW / CCW facing coupling end By VENDOR
: indoors / outdoors Preferred method of cooling :
Ambient air temperature, min : 5 ................. °C Air-to-air : CACA
Ambient air temperature, max : 55 ................. °C Air-to-water : Optional
Cooling water temperature, min : By Vendor Cooling water data : NA
Cooling water temperature, max : By Vendor
Relative Humidity, max : 98 % / ...................
Area classification : Zone 2 Degree of protection : Ex 'p'
Temperature classification : T3 Anti-condensation heaters : Yes
Gas group classification : IIA Vibration proximity probes required : Yes
Direct sunlight : No/ Under Shade Type / model No. : By VENDOR
Tropical treatment required : Yes Noise limitations Max. sound Per DEP
at full load pressure level : Special, see attached noise data sheet
PRIME MOVER FOR GENERATOR Terminal : box / cubicle
Type : NA Cable Type : XLPE
Moment of inertia : kgm² No./Cores/Size : VENDOR TO RECOMMEND
Type of coupling : Diam. overlead / overall : ……/ ……mm LATER
Requisition Number : Type of cable gland : By VENDOR
Location terminal box : top / right side / ………… facing DE By VENDOR
Current transformers included : Yes
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT (FOR MOTOR) CONDITION MONITORING

Type : CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR Winding discharge monitoring : By VENDOR
Moment of inertia : kgm² By VENDOR
Torque/speed curve : By VENDOR INSPECTION AND TESTING
Type of coupling : Fluid Coupling/ Direct Coupling: By VENDOR Production tests to be witnessed : Optional
Requisition Number : - Rotor balance : Yes/Witnessed
- Sample coil : Yes/Witnessed
- Water cooler : Optional
Performance Test : Yes/Witnessed
Routine test : Yes/Witnessed
Special test : Yes/Witnessed
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : HV SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR Rev.

0
letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT. Date

Sign
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No xxxx

Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Req. No xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/Requisition sheet for Document No. : # xxxxxx

SYNCHRONOUS AC MACHINES Contr. job No. xxxxxx
APPENDIX-B5 MESC No.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Special tests :
At tender :
Mass of motor (kg) : By VENDOR
Moment inertia `J' (kgm2) : By VENDOR
Lubrication requirements in case of force-lubricated bearings : By VENDOR
Layout of terminal box : By VENDOR
On Receipt of order :
Calculated critical speed (s) (1/min) : : Yes/ By VENDOR
Transient air-gap torque plots :
with two and three-phase short-circuit at the motor terminals, and with their respective frequencies over a 200 ms time period (Nm) : Yes/ By VENDOR
Excitation model for power system stability study as per IEEE 421.5 : Yes/ By VENDOR
Thermal endurance graphs showing insulation life versus temperature in the range including classes B and F; such results shall be
based on actual coils employing the manufacturer's insulation system, tested to IEEE 117 or IEEE 275 as appropriate. : Yes/ By VENDOR
At testing :
Severity of multiples of the supply frequency present in the vibration spectrum Yes/ By VENDOR
Electromagnetic compatibility restrictions : Yes/ By VENDOR

0
letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT. Date

Sign
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No xxxx

Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Req. No xxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Data/Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxx

SYNCHRONOUS AC MACHINES Contr. Job No : : xxxxxx
APPENDIX-B5 MESC. No: :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER
GENERAL PERFORMANCE DATA CONSTRUCTION DATA
Manufacturer: Full load current (FLC) : : ………………..A
Compliance With DEP 33.65.11.31 - Gen Rated power factor : ………… lagging Bearing(s) DE make
and requisition : Yes / No 1) Efficiency 100 % / 75 % load : …..……../……….% type
Additional information required : 2) Exciter rated voltage : …………..V clearance
Main parts Country of origin / town Total/partly rated current : ………………….A Bearing (s) NDE make
Stator Max. transient air gap torque when : type
Rotor - two phase short circuit at machine terminals : ………..kNm clearance
Exciter : ……….kNm
- three phase short circuit at machine terminals : .............. kNm Bearing lifetime : …………….hours
Local service Name : - reconnection at 120 degree phase difference : ……….kNm Lubricant : oil / grease
organisation Country / town : - asynchronous start (motors) : ……….kNm Shell type :
BASIC DATA Max. transient overvoltage when : Lub. System : Sealing / Regreaseble / Oilring / Disc / Forced
Type of machine : Generator/Motor - 100% load rejection : …...…….kV (generator only) …………….hours
Maximum relubrication interval : :...................... Hrs
Type and frame number : Vibration at full load, rigid mounted : …….…….mm/s RMS Min / Max oil flow :
Rated voltage and frequency : …… kV …… Hz Critical speed(s) : .…...…….…...r/ min
- Rating : kVA Rotor inertia (J) : ……..………...kgm2
-Full load speed : r/min Inertia constant (H) : …...…..…..kWs/kVA
Direction of rotation facing driving end: Stator winding :-
CW / CCW / Both Stator resistance : ………..ohm at …….°C Anti-corona protectection applied : Yes /…...
Degree of protection of generator and auxiliaries : Direct axis synchronous reactance (Xd) : % Stress-relieving applied : Yes /…...
IP 54 / .............. Direct axis transient reactance (X'd) : % HV cable connection : Bushing / Tail / ....…
Degree of protection of terminal boxes and bearings : Direct axis subtransient reactance (X''d) : %
IP 54 / ............... Transient short-circuit time constant (T'd) : s Water cooler(s) : Single tube / .....…
Suitable for use in classified area : Subtransient short-circuit time constant (T''d) : s Surplus water tubes : 20% / ..….. %
Zone ................. Zero sequence reactance (XO) : % Cooling water requirements : ……….. ltrs/s
- Temperature classification : T ....... Quadrature axis transient reactance (X'd) : % Mass total : …………kg
- Gas group (if applicable) : ............... Quadrature axis subtransient reactance (X''d) : % stator : …………kg
Certificate of Conformity available : Yes / ............. rotor : …………kg
Type of protection of generator and auxiliaries : Friction and windage loss : kW exciter : …………kg
Type of protection of terminal boxes : Core loss (open circuit) : kW
2
Method of cooling : Field I R loss : kW
Stray-load loss (on short-circuit) : kW INSPECTION AND TESTING
Anti-Condensation heater rating : No/…………… Armature I2R loss : kW performance testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
Proposed coupling fit : Keyed / Hydraulic / Integral routine testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
Type of excitation : Pilot exciter/External power Exciter + AVR characteristics : production testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
NOTES - AVR voltage regulator grade V 2.33/……. special testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
1)
Describe deviations - AVR block diagram No. : (above tests are quoted separately quoted in tender)
- Capability diagram No. : Type test results submitted :
Unit transformer data : - performance :
2)
Describe additional information required - short-time rating : - sample coils :
- continuous rating : - special tests (specify) : ………………
- impedances :
MOTORS:
Locked rotor torque :
Locked rotor current :

0
letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxx COMPRESSOR PROJECT Date
0 Sign
Appr. by Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN ( PDO) Sheet No. 3 continued on sheet No. -
Eng. By : xxxxxxxx Equipm. No xxxxxx

Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Req. No xxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxx

LV CAGE INDUCTION MACHINES APPENDIX-B5 Contr. job No. : xxxx
MESC No. :
REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
GENERAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS
Specific requirements : DEP 33.66.05.31 - Gen. & SP-1119 Rating : By VENDOR
Unit transformer included : Yes Speed : By VENDOR
Pre-manufacturing meeting : Required Direction of rotation : CW / ACW, facing driving end By VENDOR
Preferred method of Air to Air - CACA
SITE CONDITIONS cooling
Supply system : 415V +/- 5%,3 Ph,50Hz +/-2%
Fault level : 80kA at 415V
: Type of mounting Horizontal : Foot mounted
Max. volt dip : 20% during motor starting (at motor terminals)
Location : Land/ Outdoors Number of starts per year : Max 1000 starts / year
Ambient air temperature, min : 5 °C Locked rotor current : By vendor also see Note-1
Ambient air temperature, max : 55 °C Noise limitations at full load
Cooling water temperature, min : NA (Max. sound pressure level)
Cooling water temperature, max : NA
Relative Humidity, max : 98 % CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Tropical treatment required : Yes Feeder cable Type Cu, XLPE,Armoured
Direct sunlight : NO/ Under Shade. Size VENDOR TO RECOMMEND
EX PROTECTION Cable diam. overlead / overall : LATER
Area classification : Zone 2. Type cable glands : By Vendor
Temperature classification : T3 Anti-condensation heater : Yes
Gas group classification : II B Heater supply voltage : 240V, AC
Note : Permitted protection types By Vendor Aluminium frame allowed : No
Zone 1 Zone 2 (<22kW, non-hazardous, non-essential)
Ex`d' (IEC 79-1) CONDITION MONITORING
Ex`p' (IEC 79-2) Bearing temperature monitoring : No
Ex`e' (IEC 79-7) Vibration monitoring No
Ex`n' (IEC 79-15) Sleeve bearings - proximity probes : No
Rolling element brgs. -SPM : No
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT Winding discharge monitoring : No
Type : By Vendor INSPECTION AND TESTING
Moment of inertia : By Vendor Production tests to be witnessed : Optional
Torque/speed curve : By Vendor Tests to be witnessed : Rotor balance : NA
Type of coupling : By Vendor Sample coil : NA
Requisition Number : Water coolers : NA
Performance Test : Optional
Routine test : Optional
Special tests : For string test requirements refer driven equip spec.
Note:
1. The following voltage drop / dip conditions shall be satisfied.
1.1 During motor running conditions :
At common bus : 95% of rated voltage.
1.2 During motor starting conditions :
At common bus : 85% of rated voltage.
Locked rotor current shall be decided as per DEP.
2. Stall time - Hot at 100% voltage shall be 3 Sec higher than the running up time at 80% voltage for the required starting duty.
3.Driven equipment manufacturer shall furnish the load torque / speed curve,starting duty, moment of inertia and other relevant information to motor manufacturer to carry out
application check & offer a suitable motor.
4. Vendor offer shall indicate the Make, Model & Frame size of the motor.
Made by Date EQUIPMENT : LV CAGE INDUCTION MOTOR Rev.

0
FOR xxxxxxx COMPRESSOR letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT Date

Sign
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN (PDO) Sheet No. 1 cont'd on sheet No. 2
Eng. By : xxxxxx Equipm. No xxxxx

Principal : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN Sap Req. No xxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxxxx

LV CAGE INDUCTION MACHINES APPENDIX-B5 Contr. job No. : xxxxxx
MESC No. :
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Non-standard terminal box position : NOT APPLICABLE
Special tests : NOT APPLICABLE
At tender :
Mass of motor (kg) BY VENDOR
Moment inertia `J' (kgm2) BY VENDOR
Lubrication requirements in case of force-lubricated bearings BY VENDOR
Layout of terminal box BY VENDOR
On Receipt of order :
Calculated critical speed (s) (1/min) : NA
Transient air-gap torque plots :
with two and three-phase short-circuit at the motor terminals, and with their respective frequencies over a 200 ms time period (Nm) : NA
Stalling times, hot and cold (s) : Yes
Running-up times : Yes
Dynamic model of motor to enable accurate flywheel sizing for reciprocating loads and recommended flywheel size : NA
Rotor residual voltage time-constants and transient air-gap torques on reconnection after power interruption : NA
Heating/cooling time constants for thermal replica protection : NA
Maximum tolerable axial force : NA
Thermal endurance graphs showing insulation life versus temperature in the range including classes B and F; such results shall be based on actual coils
employing the manufacturer's insulation system, tested to IEEE 117 or IEEE 275 as appropriate. : NA
At testing :
Severity of multiples of the supply frequency present in the vibration spectrum
Total all-in cost calculation require : NA
Data to permit TAC calculation :
Capc Kot Ecost MDC BY VENDOR
Electromagnetic compatibility restrictions :

0
FOR xxxxxx COMPRESSOR letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT Date

Sign
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN (PDO) Sheet No. 2 cont'd on sheet No. 3
Eng. By : xxxxxx Equipm. No xxxxxx


SP 2054 Revision: 3
Requisition sheet for Document No. : xxxxxx

LV CAGE INDUCTION MACHINES APPENDIX-B5 Contr. job No. : xxxxxx
MESC No. :
INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURER
GENERAL PERFORMANCE DATA CONSTRUCTION DATA
Manufacturer: Allowable number of starts per year : .................... Bearing Location : Endshield/Pedestal
Compliance with DEP 33.66.05.31 - Gen Full load current (FLC) : ................... A Bearing(s) DE make
1)
and requisition : Yes / No type
Additional information required : Power factor 100 % / 75 % load : .............. / ............... clearance
Main parts Country of origin / town Total/partly Efficiency 100 % / 75 % load : ................ / ................. Bearing (s) NDE make
Stator Locked rotor current at Un / 0.8 Un : ............. / ............. % FLC type
Rotor Locked rotor torque at Un / 0.8 Un : .............. / ............. % FLT clearance
Pull up torque at Un / 0.8 Un : ................. / ................. % FLT Bearing lifetime : ........................ Hrs
Local service Name : Breakdown torque at Un / 0.8 Un : ................. / ................. % FLT Lubricant : oil / grease
organisation Country / town : Shell type :
BASIC DATA Lub. system: Sealing / Regreaseble / Oilring / Disc / Forced
Type and frame number Running up time at Un / 0.8 Un : ............. / ................ S Maximum relubrication interval : ...................... Hrs
Rated voltage and frequency : V Hz Allowable running up time at Un / 0.8 Un : ............. / ................ S Min / Max oil flow :
- Rating : kW EEX-e motor te time : .................... S Metallic cage bearing : yes / ................
-Full load speed : r/min Vibration at no-load : .................. mm/s RMS Axial float rotor : + ................... mm / - .................... mm
Direction of rotation facing driving end: Critical speed(s) : .......................... r/ min Rotor balance grade : G1 / ........................
CW / CCW / Both Rotor inertia (J) : ........................... Kgm 2 Max. axial force : ................... N
Degree of protection of motor and auxiliaries : Max. sound pressure level at full load : ........................ dB(A) Bearing insulation provided : yes / no
IP 54 / .............. Are noise correction measures used: Yes/No Bearing bore diameter DE /NDE : ................... mm
Degree of protection of terminal boxes and bearings : (if yes, please state below) Stator frame : (Cast iron / Steel)
IP 55 / ............... Max. transient air gap torque when: Min. flywheel size (constant-torque load) : .................. kgm ²
Suitable for use in classified area - two phase short circuit at motor terminals : .............. kNm Flywheel alternative and volt-dip duration: ......... kgm ², ........ s
Zone ................. - three phase short circuit at motor terminals : .............. kNm Magnetic slotwedges used : Yes/No
- Temperature classification : T ....... Magnetic slotwedges life years
- Gas group (if applicable) : ............... - restart with full opposite residual voltage possible:
Certificate of Conformity available : Yes / ............. yes / ................... kNm HV cable connection : Bushing / Tail / ..............................
Type of protection of motor and auxiliaries : 120 degree reconnection : ............... kNm Water cooler : Single tube / ......................... NA
Type of protection of terminal boxes : Surplus water tubes : 20 / ............................. % NA
Method of cooling : IC 4AIAI / ......................
Method of mounting : IM 1001 / ...................... Stall time hot / cold : .................. / .......................... S Total net weight : .............................. kg
Anti-Condensation heater rating : W Heating / cooling constants : ......................... INSPECTION AND TESTING
Proposed coupling fit : Keyed / Hydraulic / Integral performance testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
routine testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
NOTES production testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
1)
Describe deviations special testing : Yes/No/Witnessed
(above tests are to be quoted separately in tender)
Type test results submitted : Yes/No
- HV Sample coil test : Yes/No
- special tests (specify) :
Confirm testing to DEP : Yes/No
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

0
FOR xxxxxx COMPRESSOR letter
Checked by Date PLANT : xxxxxxx COMPRESSION PROJECT. Date

Sign
Appr. By Date CONSIGNEE : PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN (PDO) Sheet No. 3 cont'd on sheet No. -
Eng. By : xxxxxx Equipm. No xxxxxx


SP 2054 Revision: 3
UTILITY CONSUMPTION LIST ( 1 Sheet)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
APPENDIX - B6
UTILITY CONSUMPTION LIST
Equipment No.: xxxxxxx SAP Reqn. No. xxxxxxxx

Document no. xxxxx REV 0 SHT 1 OF 1
Sl. No. UTILITY CHARACTER CONSUMER CONSUMPTION
1 INSTRUMENTATION
For UPS
For Lighting
2 SEAL GAS
3 INSTRUMENT AIR
For Instrumentation
For Purging
Separation air
VFD cooling
4 First Fill of Lube Oil / Working Oil
5 Cooling Water
(if applicable)
6 Fuel gas for start-up
7 Nitrogen for purging
8 Refrigeration Packages
Invertor Cooling
Motor Cooling
9 Specify Quality of the utilities

Instrument air
Medium for invertor cooling
Medium for main motor cooling (CACW )
Refrigerant
Seal gas (external source if reqd)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
UTILITY ELECTRICAL DATA SHEETS SHEET 1

SP 2054 Revision: 3
UTILITY DATA SHEETS

ELECTRICAL
xxxxxxx COMPRESSOR
( APPENDIX - B7) SHEET 1 OF 1
Doc # 2489001 Rev 0, Req # 1000699354
02 LV LOAD LIST
01 COVER SHEET
Sheet O A B C D
REMARKS
No. CONTENTS DATE OF ISSUE
COVER SHEET
UTILTY DATA SHEETS
xxxxxxx COMPRESSOR
WBS No.: C.OM.GNR.DF.03.103.1201
Project No. xxxxx O ISSUE FOR ENQUIRY DWG. No.: REV.
Document No.xxxxx REV. DESCRIPTION DATE DWN CHKD APPD O

SP 2054 Revision: 3
EQUIPMENT MOTOR LOAD EFFICIENCY POWER kW = A/D CONSUMED LOAD kVAr = kW.tg
ABSORBED RATING FACTOR FACTOR REMARKS
Equipment Non Re- LOAD at load
No. Description Vital Essential essential starting = A/B factor C at load Continuous Intermittent Stand-by
A B C D factor C E F G
kW kW in decimals in decimals cos  kW kVAr kW kVAr kW kVAr
1
2
3 should include electrical consumption
4 for all electrical equipments including
5 main motor, VFD, LO cooler motor
6 and VFD cooling.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Maximum of normal running plant load: SUB
kW2  kVAr2 
(Est. x%E + y%F) TOTAL Power factor without compensation (cos ): 0.
Peak load
(Est. x%E +y%F + z%G) kW  kVAr 
2 2 Power factor with compensation (cos 1): 0.
kVA (  kW 2  kVAr 2 )
Coincidence factors x, y and z shall be defined for each separate case, subject to Principal's approval. Required capacitor rating [= kW (tg - tg1)]: kvar
NOTES
a) Load classification/restarting: b) Absorbed loads: C) Consumed loads:
For definitions of "Vital", "Essential" and - for pumps, shaft load on duty point; E - "Continuous"; all loads that may continuously be required G - "Stand-by"; loads required in emergencies only, such as fire-water
"Non-Essential" services and application of - for instrumentation, computers, communiction, for normal operation, including lighting and workshops pumps or those of normally not running electrically driven units stand-by for
"Restarting", see DEP 33.64.10.10-Gen. air conditioning, the required load during full operation of plant; F - "Intermittent"; the loads required for intermediate pumping, normally running steam-driven ones (e.g charge pumps, boiler feed pumps).
- for lighting during dark hours; storage, loading, etc.

- for workshops, the average total load in normal full operation
Project title xxxxx COMPRESSOR Revision letter O UTILITY DATA - ELECTRICAL
Principal Petroleum Development Oman Date Cont. Job No. Xxxxxx Doc No. xxxxx
Consignee PDO Signature Project No.:
Eng. by: xxxxxxx Drawing No.: sheet no.:1

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Demineralised water schematic for VFD case

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.19 APPENDIX – C1
PROCESS FLOW SCHEMES

(Attach relevant PEFS)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
PLOT PLANS (0 Sheet)

(Attach relevant drawings)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
COMPRESSOR PACKAGE LAYOUT
(Note only indicative to illustrate scope.

Final layout w ill be by Contractor)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM

SP 2054 Revision: 3
INSTRUMENT BLOCK LINK DIAGRAM ( 1 Sheet)

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3
SYSTEM & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

(Please attach Project specific information)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Below is the typical format for the system & process description . This will be prepared
by the concerned Process/ Concept Engineer
1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
a) Background
b) Operating Envelope
C) Existing Plant Configuration and Capacities
2. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
xxxxxxxxxxx
Fig. General Arrangement of a Single Compression Train:
f) Discharge Coolers
xxxxxxxxx
g) Duty Requirements For Compression Package
For detail operating parameters refer compressor datasheet (Appendix –B1).
Future Expansion
Xxxxxxxxxxxxxx

SP 2054 Revision: 3
System Architecture

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.26 APPENDIX – D1
ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

SP 2054 Revision: 3
ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ---------APPENDIX - D1
Equipment No. : xxxxxxx

Document No. : xxxxxxx REV 0 Sheet 1 of 1
Job No. : 80327-00
SAP Requisition No. : xxxxxxxx
ITEM DESCRIPTION VENDOR OTHERS
1 HV synchronous motor with brushless exciter, exciter control panel,etc X

2 Variable frequency drive for main compressor motor including converter
X
transformers, frequency converters, DC Link Reactors, inverters
3 VFD for air cooler motor X
4 Electrical HV (33/11kV) switch gear for main electric motor (if required) X
5 Unit transformer with neutral earthing resistor (if required) X
6 Protection and metering panel X
7 Harmonic Filter X
8 Power factor improvement capacitors, if required. X
9 Remote Control unit (RCU) & Safety switches X
10 On skid power and control cabling upto local JB, interface panels. X
11 MCC for auxiliaries X
12 Perform motor starting study calculation X
13 Motor surge immunity test X
OPTION
14 Electrical supply (132 kV power supply to primary of Unit/Converter
X
Transformer)
15 Material supply of Interconnecting HV, LV Power & control cabling
X
(Interconnecting cables, not on skid)
16 Earthing connection from equipment/ skid earth boss to the main plant-
earthing grid. Neutral earthing connection from transformer to NER and from X
NER to earth
17 415V electrical power supplies to all auxiliary drives and other electrical
X
equipment
18 240 V AC UPS system X
19 Cable glands and lugs X

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.27 APPENDIX – E1
INSTRUMENT RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
(This is only a sample. The text in subsequent to be modified in line with

Project Requirement)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX FOR INSTRUMENT SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES
Detail
Activity Description Supply Remarks
Engineering
Non Package Field Instruments

1 EPC EPC Note-1
(4-20mA SMART Transmitters with HART diagnostic)
Compressor Package Skid Instruments.
2 CV CV Note-1
(4-20mA SMART Transmitters with HART diagnostic & MMS sensing probes & local gauges)
3 Control Room Panels & Consoles
a) Distributed Control System -(DCS) EPC EPC
b) Safeguarding System -(SGS) EPC EPC Note-2
c) Fire & Gas System - (FGS ) EPC EPC
d) UCP (Unit Control Panel) , Includes (MMS and PLC for Sequencing control & Comp. Safeguarding) CV/ EPC CV Notes-1, 2
4 Interfacing new DCS / IPS /FGS with existing CPP systems. EPC EPC
5 Interfacing new DCS / IPS /FGS with UCP and IMCS Systems EPC/CV EPC
6 Interfacing UCP with Electrical systems EPC/CV CV
7 Compressor logics (sequencing control and safeguarding, including Surge trip logic) EPC/CV CV Note-2
8 Non package equipments logics (Control & IPS/ FGS) EPC EPC
9 Capacity /Anti-Surge and load Sharing Control (integrated) EPC EPC Note-2, 3
Legends :-
EPC Engineering Procurement Contractor
CV Compressor Package Vendor
Company Petroleum Development Oman
Notes
CV shall be responsible for the design, supply and installation of all field instrumentation for compressor package, including compressor flow
1 meters, and compressor recycle control valve, process data will be provided by EPC, however EPC & CV instrumentation shall be from the
same vendor. Machine Monitoring System & field probes for all package equipments including coolers are Compressor Vendor scope.
Compressor Start-Up Sequencing control logic will be in CV supplied PLC. This PLC shall be Honeywell make of the same specification as
2 EPC contractor IPS system. Surge trip logic will resides in the CV PLC i.e. CV PLC will initiate the surge trip signal. MMS shall be of the same
make as the existing - B&K make.
The anti-surge control will be integrated with capacity and load sharing control across all compressors. This integrated scheme will be EPC
3 scope. Implementation can be DCS or proprietary system. In case DCS is selected, the Shell standard algorithms will be used for which
Company will provide support to EPC with control narrative and commissioning.
4 The installation of CV auxiliary room unit control panel is EPC scope under CV supervision.
5 Laying and termination of multicore cables from CV JBs to Auxiliary room cabinets/panel is EPC scope under CV supervision.
6 Precommissioning and commissioning work is a combined activity between CV and EPC, EPC shall take the lead in coordination.
7 All CV drawing shall have the same EPC format, Document numbering and instrument tags are coordinated by EPC

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.28 APPENDIX – E2
Compressor Control Philosophy
(Sample description to be agreed between UEC Team/

C & A engineers before issue)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
GENERAL
Compressor vendor shall refer to the following documents of PDO attached to the requisition . These documents
are referred in the section under Section V entitled – “Guideline to use SP 2054 on centrifugal compressor
packages”
 Sr. No.9
Safeguarding and Instrumented Protection Philosophy / Control and Automation Philosophy
 Sr. No. 22
Process Control Narrative
 Sr. No. 23
Safeguarding and IPF narrative
& also to Appendix C6 System & process description
These documents shall highlight following aspects
 Type of installation whether remote unmanned station / manned station
 Whether remote start or manual start
 Whether Auto or manual mode
 No of trains
 Type of load sharing
 Primary Process variable to operate plant
 How to achieve capacity control : whether speed control, throttle control
 Turndown requirement
 Anti surge control ; Who is going to undertake supply of hardware and controller
 Requirements of Machine Monitoring system
 Requirement of station bypass
The following is the broad based description of
 Machine Monitoring System
 Compressor Capacity Control
 Compressor anti- surge control

SP 2054 Revision: 3
1 Machine Monitoring System (MMS)

1.1 General
The primary function of the system shall be to provide reliable monitoring and protection of the Compressor by
applying continuous data processing techniques of signals for access by the DCS, shutdown signals for use by
the Instrument Protective System.
The system shall provide data acquisition, storage and expert analysis capabilities to enable the condition of the
Compressor to be diagnosed and accessed. The Machine Monitoring System (MMS) will utilize both steady state
and start-up/shutdown vibration information and where appropriate, will acquire and store process related
information from the DCS to provide a complete overview of the compressor condition.
The system shall include remote operation and inter-communication facilities to provide the facility for remote
analysis/assessment of the operating condition and performance of the machinery.
The Compressor Vendor shall supply a dedicated Unit Control Panel (UCP) to house the MMS for the Compressor
and shall be installed in the Control room. The Compressor Vendor shall supply a machine monitoring system of
B&K or any other acceptable make along with complete wired cabinet(s). Each compressor will have separate
UCP having MMS.
1.2 Scope of Supply and Responsibility

The Compressor Vendor shall include all hardware including sensors, junction boxes, system and application
software, configuration, cabinet(s), termination facilities, workstations, peripherals, systems cables,
documentation and other equipment required for a fully functional, operable, reliable and maintainable
system.
The Compressor Vendor shall accept total responsibility for the overall system as specified. This includes
system design, procurement, fabrication, assembly, configuration, FAT, packing and shipment. The
Compressor Vendor shall provide site supervision and assistance for unpacking, installation, perform
compressor tests, SAT, pre-commissioning and commissioning.
Compressor Vendor shall give support to Design Consultant for completing the integration of all relevant
conditioning monitoring data into the DCS from the MMS via serial link with all data readily available from the
HMI. All monitoring data shall interface to the DCS via redundant serial link. Shutdown shall be hardwired
between MMS and IPS.
.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
2 Compressor Control (Typical write up to be modified to suit the application)

2.1 General
The control shall be designed to start up the compressor automatically once all utilities are in operation and a
start “permissive” from electrical has been given (Note: after an ESD shutdown, also a local start permissive
to be included), by indicating “unit available” on operator display of DCS. After successful start up, an
indication showing “unit running” should be provided on operator screen of DCS.
All alarm, status control and monitoring of all subsystems, as far applicable, should be transmitted to the DCS
serial links. Control of the Compressor will be done from SR-CPP Control Room having all data on the DCS
and being able to provide set point control and commands.
The UCP PLC will perform the following control functions for the compressor package with electric motor:
 Valve sequencing
 Purging of compressor and associated interconnecting piping
 Start-up
 Shutdown
Equipment vendor is also required to transmit any Purchaser signals, perceived by the vendor to be
necessary, for the safe and correct operation of the compressor package.
2.2 Capacity Control System / Load sharing (Typical write up to be modified to suit the application)
A dedicated Master Pressure Controller in DCS/ or proprietary system shall be used to maintain compressor
discharge header pressure.
Capacity control of the compressor shall be done through speed manipulation by varying motor speed.
The compressor capacity control system shall be able to adjust the load with the varying gas demand as
being sensed by the pressure indicator on the discharge header.
During recycle operation the operator may decide to take a compressor off line.
Compressor shall be designed to have equal load by keeping them with equal distance from surge line.
Capacity control & Load Sharing algorithm shall be implemented in DCS / or proprietary system (Refer
Appendix E1 for clear understanding).
3 Anti-Surge Control System (Typical write up to be modified to suit the application)

3.1 General
The Anti Surge Control System shall continuously monitor and protect the centrifugal compressor. The Anti-
Surge Control System shall be sufficiently quick acting (field instruments response shall be less than 100
milliseconds) and stable to keep the compressor just out of surge (on the surge control line) without tripping
the machine.
The Anti-surge Control System shall be implemented in DCS / or proprietary system (Refer Appendix E1 for
clear understanding).

SP 2054 Revision: 3
14.29 APPENDIX – F1
LIST OF RELEVANT PDO APPROVED VENDORS

(Please attach the applicable list)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Refer to the latest issue of the „Approved Vendors of Materials and Equipment for PDO Oil and Gas Facilities‟
(Doc. No. AVME-2005-(Jan.))*.
Sub Vendors of equipment categories not listed and required for the work shall need explicit approval from the
Purchaser. All materials supplied shall be in accordance with the MESC description, if applicable.
* Soft copy (CD) attached to this specification

SP 2054 Revision: 3
TABLE OF COMPLIANCE
(To be checked by Project REE before issue of enquiry. This is only a sample)

SP 2054 Revision: 3
TABLE OF COMPLIANCE
The Vendor shall confirm below that the offer complies with all the clauses contained in this
specification or otherwise highlight deviation / exceptions under the clarification column.
SPEC. REF. CONFORMS ALTERNATIVE CLARIFICATION
PARAGRAPH Yes / No Yes / No
Preface
Guidelines
to use of
SP
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.0
2.1
2.2
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4

SP 2054 Revision: 3
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.0
6.0
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
6.1.7
6.2
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.2
6.4
6.5
6.6
7.0
7.1

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.14.1
7.14.2
7.14.3
7.14.4
7.14.5
7.14.6
7.14.7
7.14.8
7.14.9
7.14.10

SP 2054 Revision: 3
7.14.11
7.14.12
7.14.13
7.14.14
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
9.0
9.1
9.2
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13

SP 2054 Revision: 3
10.14
11.0
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
12.0
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.3.4
12.3.5
12.3.6
13.0
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4

SP 2054 Revision: 3
13.5
13.6
Appendix.-A1
Appendix-A2
Appendix-A3
Appendix-A4
Appendix-A5
Appendix-A6
Appendix-A7
Appendix-A8
Appendix-A9
Appendix-B1
Appendix-B2
Appendix-B3
Appendix-B4
Appendix-B5
Appendix-B6
Appendix-C1
Appendix-C2
Appendix-C3
Appendix-C4
Appendix-C5
Appendix- C6
Appendix-D1
Appendix-E1

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Appendix – E2
Appendix- F1
Appendix-F2
Appendix-F3
Appendix-F4

SP 2054 Revision: 3
AVAILABILITY RELIABILITY MAINTAINABILITY (ARM) DEFINITION

SP 2054 Revision: 3
ARM Characteristics of Machinery Trains are of paramount interest to Company, and as such this aspect of
Machinery Performance warrants special attention.
Machinery Reliability:
This is defined as the ability of the Unit to successfully & unproblematically continuously operate at the required
Design Performance between Scheduled Maintenance Periods as mutually agreed between Purchaser & Vendor.
Reliability R = exp [- T / MTBF]
Where
T = Time at Risk
MTBF = (Total Operational Running Time / Total Number of Failures)
R is essentially a parameter that measures the duration of Failure Free Operation
Machinery Availability:
This is defined as the ability of the Unit to be in a state to successfully & unproblematically continuously operate at
the required Design Performance at a given instant in time for the time interval between Scheduled Maintenance
Periods mutually agreed between Purchaser & Vendor.
Availability A = [Uptime / (Uptime + Downtime)]
Where
Uptime = Time Unit is available to, ready for, or successfully / unproblematically engage in
Operational Duty
Downtime = Preventative Maintenance, Active Repair, or Repair Waiting Time
[Note : Vendors to should state the R & A Characteristics of their Proposed Machinery Trains & demonstrate
how the R & A Targets will be met, along with Supporting Citations / Justifications.]
Machinery Maintainability:
This is defined as the ability of the Unit, under given conditions of use within the mutually agreed Allowable
Operational Envelope, to be retained in, or restored to, a state in which it can successfully & unproblematically
continuously operate at the required Design Performance between Scheduled Maintenance Periods, when
maintenance is performed using stated, acceptable, & agreed procedures & resources.
SP 2054 Revision: 3
Clearly, Unit Maintainability Characteristics are of great interest to Company O & M Staff. Vendors are requested
to provide Commentary on Unit Maintainability Characteristics, & include guidance information on Mean Time to
Repair (MTTR) for (a) Common Problems (b) Principal Maintenance Evolutions, for examples : Seal Change,
Bearing Change, Rotor Overhaul, etc. Ease of Maintenance & Adequate Spares Holdings is imperative w.r.t.
Optimal Machinery Selection.
The Vendor shall furnish Machinery Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (ARM) figures on the basis of the
definitions given above. The quoted figures and information will be assessed during the Technical Evaluation.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
REQUIRED VENDOR DOCUMENTATION
( Please amend to make project specific )

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Mechanical
Document Description With Tender Post order Final Documentation
(Needs Company approval)
No of soft + No. of soft + No. of weeks Soft Copy No. of

hard copies hard copies after order Hard
Copies
1. Production schedule/bar chart for the project execution 1+5 4 5

(Note-1)
2.QA/QC manual/ plan: Main Vendor (corporate) 1+5 8 5
: Project specific overall plus detailed for each sub-vendor 1+5 8 5
3. Detailed layout / GA drawing(s) for each major equipment 1+5 12 1 5

1+3
(Note-2)
4. Equipment Plot Plan 1+5 12 1 5
5. List of all sub-vendors (including instrument suppliers) 1+3 1+5 8 5
6. Vendor and sub-vendor specifications/standards 1+5 12 5
7. PFS and Mass balance (including assumptions) 1+5 8 1 5
8. PEFS & UEFS for all process and utility systems (process gas, 1+5 8 1 5
1+3
Seal gas, separation air, lube oil, instrument air etc.)
9. Skid / assembly loading diagram (Note-10) 1+5 8 1 5
10. Bill of Materials 1+5 20 1 5
11. Cause and Effect Diagram(s) 1+5 8 1 5
12. Compressor data sheets per Appendix-B1 (including 1+5 8 1 5

1+3
duly filled in API format)
13. Data sheets for Gear Box Unit per API 613 Format 1+5 8 1 5
1+3
and coupling data sheets as per API 671 formats
14. Datasheet for LO cooler. 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
15. Data sheets for Combined lube oil system 1+5 8 1 5

1+3
As per API 614 format.
16. Noise data sheets per Appendix-B3. 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
17.Utility consumption list (including electrical and instruments) 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
18. Equipment List 1+3 1+5 4 1 5
19. Cross sectional drawings with detailed parts lists 1+5 16 1 5

(Compressor, Coupling (High & Low speed), Motor, 1+3
Discharge Cooler & Transformer.)
20. Functional description of package control (including surge 1+5 16 1 5
control, 1+3
normal start/stop, alarms, emergency shut-down, sequencing)
21. SPIR forms:- Start-up / commissioning spares (fully itemized) List only 1+5 20 5
- 2 year operating spares (fully itemized) List only 1+5 20 5
22. List of special tools, tackles (fully itemized) 1+3 1+5 20 5
23. Completed Table of Compliance per Appendix-E2. 1+3

SP 2054 Revision: 3
24. List of Deviations to this specification and the standards

1+3
Mentioned in section 2.0 of this specification.
25. Anticipated and realized Availability, Reliability &
1+3
Maintainability.
26. Reference list of installations for similar application. 1+3
27. FAT & SAT proposals, sample procedures and
1+3
Recommendations.
28. Life Cycle Cost Analysis / perform total cost of ownership
1+3
Calculation for the quoted options.
29 . Catalogue for the major equipments supplied.

1+3

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Copies
31. Performance Curves:

31.1. Head. Efficiency and shaft power against capacity (lube oil 1+5 8 1 5
1+3
working oil pumps)
31.2. Polytrophic head/discharge pressure, efficiency and shaft 1+5 8 1 5
1+3
Power against inlet volume for compressor.
31.3. Torque against speed (pumps/compressor/motors) 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
31.4. Operating envelope (compressor) and operating envelope 1+5 8 5

for 2 or more compressors running in parallel to achieve read 1+3
capacities at various stages as specified in Appendix C6.
32. Piping drawings and calculations:
32.1. Piping Layout drawing(s) 1+5 16 1 5
32.2. Piping isometrics (all interconnecting lines >2”) (Note-3) 1+5 16 1 5
32.3. Piping thermal stress analysis (process lines) 1+5 16 1 5
32.4. Major pipe support drawing(s) 1+5 16 1 5
32.5. Equipment nozzle Loading calculations based on final 1+5 16 1 5

Configuration.
32.6. Allowable nozzle forces / moments (2 X API limits). 1+3 1+5 12 1 5
33. Vibration Analysis (Note. 11 for Proposal)

33.1. Vibration analysis data 1+3 1+5 20 1 5
33.2. Lateral critical analysis (Note-4) 1+3 1+5 20 1 5
33.3. Train torsional analysis (including summary of calculated 1+5 20 1 5

natural frequencies and actual / allowable stresses, 1+3
possible exciting forces & frequency) (Note-5)
33.4. Digital acoustic analysis report 1+5 20 1 5
33.5. Mechanical response calculation analysis (including 1+5 20 1 5

position of recommended pipe supports)
33.6. Unbalance rotor response analysis 1+3 1+5 20 1 5
34. Air cooled Heat exchangers
34.1. Thermal design calculation 1+3 1+5 12 1 5
34.2 Mechanical design calculations as per ASME Sec VIII Div. 1 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
34.3. Catalogue info on motors/fans/belts (air coolers) 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
34.4. Fan/motor speed/torque curves (air coolers) 1+5 16 1 5
34.5. Certified fan performance curve (air coolers) 1+5 16 1 5
34.6. Allowable nozzle forces / moments (2 X ISO limits). 1+3

SP 2054 Revision: 3
35. Weld procedure specifications and procedure qualification 1+5 20 5

Records and weld maps.
36. Complete list of tests and Inspection proposal 1+3 1+5 8
37. Test procedures: - Performance test 1+3 1+5 Note-6 5
- Mechanical run test 1+3 1+5 Note-6 5
- Functional tests – all major equipment 1+3 1+5 Note-6 5
- Functional string test for complete train 1+3 1+5 Note-6 5
38. Test reports 5

39. Preservation and Lubrication schedule 1+5 24 5
40. Maintenance schedule for complete package Note-7 1+5 24 5
41. Installation, operating and maintenance manual 1+5 Note-8 5

(Note-
9)
42. As-built data sheets, drawings and other documentation 1 5
43. Manufacturer's data report (including all material and other 5
Test certificates, weld procedures etc.)
44. Engineering record books (including all design data) 5

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Notes:
1. The bar chart shall clearly show the delivery, including all design, engineering, review,
manufacturing, testing, packaging, shipping, installation, training, commissioning & start-up, site
testing, & handover activities. Also the progress shall be updated monthly.
2. The major equipment is compressor skid, gear box unit, lube oil skid & lube oil cooler, The drawing
shall include:
- All horizontal and vertical clearances necessary for dismantling purposes with approximate
location of lifting lugs. Magnitude and direction of the expansion movement of the nozzles and
the allowable piping forces and moments on the nozzles.
- Table showing all piping connections, terminal mark, service, size & location, rating and
type.
3. Each individual piece of pipe work shall have its own unique number that shall also be indicated on
the isometric.
4. The lateral critical analysis report shall include a log decrement calculation (vibration stability and
damping characteristics) of the compressor rotor support system including effects from shaft seals
and labyrinths. The report shall also include a summary of conclusions.
5. The torsional analysis report shall include a summary of calculated natural frequencies and
maximum stresses as well as maximum allowable stresses. The report shall also state possible
exciting forces and frequency.
6. 6 weeks prior to test.

7. Summary of requirements, including Man-hours / downtime
8. Typical manual to be provided within 8 weeks of order.
9. 6 weeks prior to shipment
10. Drawings locating centres of gravity of major components and the complete skids and loads imposed
on the support structure. Location of foundation bolts shall be shown along with both, bolt diameter
and bolt hole diameter, thickness of base members through which the bolt pass, direction and
magnitude of any thermal expansion and slide plate details.
11. Proposal shall contain calculations to make sure of basic selection.
Process

SP 2054 Revision: 3

Copies
Process Calculations:
1. Process simulation report. 1+3
2. Pressure drop and Line sizing calculation (including anti 1+5 12 1 5
Surge / recycle Lines, drains etc.)
3. Relief valve sizing calculations 1+5 12 1 5
4. Control valve & orifice calculation 1+5 12 1 5
5. Load/ deflection calculations for all skids, support, etc. 1+5 12 1 5
6. Process flow scheme/Process engg flow schemes 1+5 12 1 5
7. Cause and effect diagrams 1+5 12 1 5
8. Settle-out pressure and depressurisation rate calculations 1+5 12 1 5

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Civil and Structural
Document Description Copies with Post order Final Documentation

Quote
No. of No. of weeks Soft Copy No. of

copies after order Hard
Copies
1. Civil / structural engineering specification 1+5 16 1 5
2. Steel structure drawings & calculations including skids,

overhead crane support structure etc.) :
- Load / Deflection calculations for skids and supports. 1+5 20 1 5
- Design drawings 1+5 20 1 5
- Bills of material 1+5 20 1 5
- Shop fabrication drawings 1+5 20 1 5
- Erection drawings 1+5 20 1 5
- Grating / stairs / fixing 1+5 20 1 5
- Pre-assembled rigging drawings including weights, Lifting 1+5 20 1 5

points and centres of gravity
3. Foundation design calculations (Note-1) 16
4. Foundation Location Plan (Note-2) 1+5 8 1 5
Notes:
1. Foundation design calculations and drawings prepared by Design consultant shall be reviewed /
approved by Vendor.
2. Drawing(s) locating centre of gravity of major components and the complete skids and loads imposed
on the support structure. Location of foundation bolts shall be shown along with bolt diameter, bolt
hole diameter, thickness of base members through which the bolts pass, direction and magnitude of
any thermal expansion and slide plate details.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Electrical

Quote

Copies
1. Key Single Line Diagram(s) 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
2. Detailed Single Line Diagram(s) 1+5 16 1 5
3. Protection logic diagram(s) 1+5 16 1 5
4. Voltage drop calculations for motor starting and running 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
Conditions. (refer Note-5)
5. Harmonic generation & suppression calculation 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
6. Power Factor Improvement Capacitor sizing calculations 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
7. Cable sizing calculations 1+5 16 1 5
8. Electrical power requirement calculations 1+5 16 1 5
9. Major equipment sizing calculations (Note-1) 1+3 1+5 16 1 5

10. Completed data sheets for electric motors, unit /converter 1+5 8 1 5
1+3
Transformer, utility datasheet as per Appendix-B5 to B8.
11. Electrical load / drive list (Note-2) 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
12. Electrical cable schedule 1+5 16 1 5
13. Control schematic diagram(s) 1+5 16 1 5
14. Wiring and termination diagram(s) 1+5 16 1 5
15. GA drawings of switch board, exciter panels, unit/converter 1+3 1+5 16 1 5

transformer, VFD Panel, Harmonic Filter, PFIC, etc. (Note-3)
16. Electrical layout drawings 1+5 16 1 5
17. Manufacturer‟s equipment drawings 1+5 16 1 5
18. Trench drawings for electrical cables
19. Construction check sheets 1+5 20 1 5
20. Commissioning functional test sheets 1+5 20 1 5
21. Electrical system / equipment installation, operating and 5

maintenance manual.
(Note-4)
22. Inspection and test reports 5
23. Manufacturer‟s FAT certificates 5
24. Completion certificates/handover exceptions documents 5
25. Certification documents (i.e. Ex hazardous area certificates) 5
26 Electrical block diagrams showing all interfacing and 1+3 1+5 8 1 5

interconnections

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Note:
1. Major equipment include unit/converter transformer, NER, compressor drive motor, HV switchgear,
Protection & Metering panel, VFD Panel, Exciter Panel, Harmonic Suppression Panel, PFI capacitor.
2. Electrical load / drive list shall include identification of operating / intermittent / standby units, absorbed
power, operating speed, drive power, power supply details, normal power requirement, peak power
requirement in kW, kVAR and kVA etc.
3. The GA drawing shall include location of panel items, weight, major construction details, disposition of
internals, cable routing etc.
4. 6 weeks prior to shipment
5. Motor starting requirement studies as indicated in section 7.11.2 of this specification, shall be submitted
by Vendor.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Instrumentation

Quote

Copies
1. Summary of Instrumentation schedules 1+3 1+5 8 1 5
2. Instrumentation system block diagram 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
3. Summary of Instrumentation cables 1+5 16 1 5
4. Completed instrument engineering data sheets 1+5 16 1 5
5. List of all interface signals 1+5 16 1 5
6. List of all alarm and shutdown conditions/settings 1+5 16 1 5
7. Shutdown matrix diagram(s) (Note-1) 1+5 16 1 5
8. Functional Logic diagram(s) (Note-1) 1+3 1+5 16 1 5
9. Cause & Effect diagram 1+5 16 1 5
9. Sequential function charts 1+5 16 1 5
10. Instrumentation Loop diagrams 1+5 16 1 5
11. Flow calculations input data sheets 1+5 12 1 5
12. Control valve calculations 1+5 12 1 5
13. Junction boxes termination drawing 1+5 16 1 5
15. Logic wiring diagram/program listings 1+5 16 1 5
16. GA drawing. (Note-2) 1+5 16 1 5
17. GA drawing of I/E interface box 1+5 16 1 5
18. Instrumentation users manual 5
(Note-3)
19. Control narrative 1+5 16 1 5
20. Safeguarding narrative 1+5 16 1 5
21. Field Instrument procurement specifications 1+5 16 1 5
22. FAT & SAT proposals, sample procedures and 1+5 16 1 5

recommendations.
Note:
1. For all functions and sequences, which include PSD & ESD actions, motor control actions, alarm
annunciation.
2. The GA drawing shall include field instruments, junction boxes, impulse lines for skid mounted
instrumentation, location of panel items, weight, major construction details, disposition of internals, cable
routing etc.
3. Six (6) weeks prior to shipment.

SP 2054 Revision: 3
Painting specification

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3

SP 2054 Revision: 3


SP-2054 - Centrifugal Compressor Packages

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SP-2054 - Centrifugal Compressor Packages

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.

Document Title: Specification for Centrifugal

Document Type Specification

Discipline Mechanical - Rotating Equipment

This page was intentionally left blank

Page 2 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

Page 3 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

Version Date Prepared by Remarks

0 03/07/06 Arvind Godse, First Issue after

1 24/01/07 Arvind Godse, C & A comments / other

Page 4 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

Page 5 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

iv Related Corporate Management Frame Work (CMF) Documents

v Guideline to use SP on centrifugal compressor packages

The document is divided into two parts

Sr. No Description Remarks

Page 6 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

10 Production Measurement (Metering) Philosophy

Page 7 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

7.15.8 Logic Safeguarding and Digital Control............................................................................. 56

11.7 Timing / Routing of Vendor Documentation ...................................................................... 74

14.20 APPENDIX – C2 ............................................................................................................. 181

Page 12 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

1.2. Responsibility of Vendor

Page 13 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

1.3. Resolution of Conflict

Page 14 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS

2.2 Adherence to Applicable Standards & Specifications

Page 15 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

3 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS

3.1 Location and Environmental Conditions

3.2 Area Classification

3.3 Available Utilities

3.4 Interface with Other Facilities

3.4.1 Mechanical / Process

3.4.3 Instrumentation and Control

Page 17 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

4.2 Operating Envelope

4.3 Existing Plant Configuration and Capacities

Page 18 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

Page 19 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

6 VENDOR’S SCOPE OF SUPPLY

6.1 Scope of Supply of Equipment and Materials

6.1.1 Mechanical Equipment

6.1.1.1. Centrifugal Compressor

Page 20 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

6.1.1.2. Lube Oil Skid

6.1.1.3. Air Cooled Heat Exchangers

Page 21 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

Each air cooler shall be complete with following:

6.1.2 General Requirements for the Package

6.1.4 Special Tools and Lifting Beams:

6.1.5 Special Lubricants

6.1.6 Electrical Equipment

6.1.6.1. HV SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR

Page 23 Specification for Centrifugal Compressor Package 09/08/2008

6.1.6.2. Converter / Unit Transformers

6.1.6.3. Neutral Earthing Resistor

6.1.6.5. Variable Frequency Drives

6.1.6.6. Cooling / Chiller System(s)

6.1.6.7. Miscellaneous Items

6.1.7 Instrumentation and Control